0% found this document useful (0 votes)
109 views181 pages

Urr18 Syllabi Ce

Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
109 views181 pages

Urr18 Syllabi Ce

Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 181

VISION OF THE INSTITUTE

 To make our students technologically superior and ethically strong by providing quality education
with the help of our dedicated faculty and staff and thus improve the quality of human life
MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE
 To provide latest technical knowledge, analytical and practical skills, managerial competence and
interactive abilities to students, so that their employability is enhanced
 To provide a strong human resource base for catering to the changing needs of the Industry and
Commerce
 To inculcate a sense of brotherhood and national integrity

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING


VISION OF THE DEPARTMENT
 The Vision of the department is to become a leading centre of excellence in producing quality human
resource in civil engineering by developing a sustainable technical education system to meet the
changing technological needs of the Country. The Department will make significant contributions to
the economic development of the state, region and nation.
MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT
 The Mission of Civil Engineering Department is to produce outstanding Civil Engineering
graduates with highest ethics.
 To impart quality education in civil engineering to raise satisfaction Level of all Stake holders.
 To serve society and the nation by providing professional civil Engineering Leadership to find
solution to community, regional and Global problems and accept new challenges in rapidly changing
Technology.

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)


UG – CIVIL ENGINEERING – CE
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL Within first few years after graduation, theCIVIL
OBJECTIVES (PEOs) ENGINEERING graduates will be able to …
PEO1: Demonstrate professional competency in varied fields of engineering
Technical Expertise industry and/or pursue higher education by nourishing mathematical
scientific and engineering precepts.
PEO2: Investigate, analyze and design solutions to complex civil engineering
Successful Career problems ensuring safety, sustainability and ecological harmony.
PEO3: Exhibit professionalism by transferring latest technology and
Soft Skills and understanding societal impacts to protect interests of the public at large.
Professionalism
PEO4: Develop competence by engaging in lifelong learning, in order to
Life Long Learning integrate ethics, economics and equity.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs) & PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

UG - CIVIL ENGINEERING – CE
PROGRAM At the time of graduation, theCIVIL ENGINEERING graduates will be
OUTCOMES (POs) able to …
PO1: Engineering apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering
knowledge specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems
PO2: Problem identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems
analysis reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences,
and engineering sciences
PO3:Design/develop design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
ment of solutions processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health
and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental Considerations
PO4: Conduct use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
investigations of analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
complex problems conclusions
PO5: Modern tool create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT
usage tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an
understanding of the limitations
PO6:The engineer apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal
and society and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice
PO7:Environment understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and
and sustainability environmental contexts, demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development
PO8:Ethics apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics, responsibilities, and norms of the
engineering practice
PO9:Individual and function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in
team work multidisciplinary settings
PO10:Communication communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community
and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and
design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions
PO11:Project demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles
management and and apply these to one's own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects
finance and in multidisciplinary environments
PO12:Life-long recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and
learning life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO1 Apply fundamental computational methods and elementary analytical techniques in
sub-disciplines related to civil engineering
PSO2 Design civil engineering structures, component or process to meet desired needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, cultural, societal,
sustainability and environmental considerations
PSO3 Appreciate professional and ethical responsibility concerning legal, contemporary,
environmental & cultural issues and consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practices and norms of civil
engineering practice code
PSO4 Appreciate the role of research in civil engineering practice and recognize the need
for and to engage in life-long learning in civil engineering and allied domains as
relevant to rapidly changing technology
KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL
(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EVALUATION
III SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH DEGREE PROGRAMME

Periods/week Credits Evaluation scheme


Sl.
Category Course Code Course Title CIE ESE Total
No L T P C
TA MSE Total Marks
1 BSC U18MH301 Engineering Mathematics - III 3 1 - 4 10 30 40 60 100
2 HSMC U18TP302 Soft & Interpersonal Skills - - 2 1 100 - 100 - 100
3 OE U18OE303 Open Elective-I 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
4 PCC U18CE304 Fluid Mechanics 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
5 PCC U18CE305 Surveying 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
6 PCC U18CE306 Construction Materials 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
7 PCC U18CE307 Concrete Technology Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
8 PCC U18CE308 Surveying Field Work-I - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
9 OE U18OE311 Open Elective-I based Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
Total 15 1 8 20 270 150 420 480 900
[L= Lecture, T = Tutorials, P = Practicals& C = Credits] Stream-I CSE,IT,ME Stream-II EEE, ECE, EIE,CE

Total Contact Periods/Week:24 Total Credits :20

Open Elective-I:
Open Elective-I based Lab:
U18OE303A: Object Oriented Programming (CSE)
U18OE311A: Object OrientedProgramming Lab (CSE)
U18OE303B: Fluid Mechanics & HydraulicMachines (CE)
U18OE311B: Fluid Mechanics &Hydraulic Machines Lab (CE)
U18OE303C: Fundamentals of Mechatronics (ME)
U18OE311C: Mechatronics Lab (ME)
U18OE303D: Web Programming (IT)
U18OE311D: Web Programming Lab (IT)
U18OE303E: Microprocessors (ECE)
U18OE311E: Microprocessors Lab (ECE)
U18OE303F: Strength of Materials (CE)
U18OE311F: Strength of Materials Lab(CE)

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 1


U18MH301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- III

Class: B.Tech.III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 1 - 4 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on

LO1: Laplace transform and its use to find the solutions of certain initial and boundary value problems in engineering
LO2: Fourier series and its application to solve engineering problems
LO3: Functions of complex variables, the property of analyticity of a function of complex variable and their applications
LO4: integration of a function of complex variable, evaluation of certain real integrals using complex analysis

UNIT-I (9+3)

Laplace Transforms: Integral transforms, Kernel of a transform, Laplace transform of a


function, Inverse Transform-Existence and uniqueness of Laplace Transforms, S- plane and
region of convergence (ROC),Laplace Transform of some commonly used signals- Dirac-
delta (impulse) function[ (t)], step[u(t)], ramp [tu(t) ], parabolic [t2u(t)], realexponential [eatu(t) ],
complex exponential [ejΩtu(t) ], sine and cosinefunctions, damped sine and cosine functions,
hyperbolic sine and cosine functions, damped hyperbolic sine and cosine functions, rectangular
pulse and triangle. Properties of Laplace Transforms- Linearity, First shifting theorem
(Frequency shift property), Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, time scaling
property, time reversal property, Laplace Transform of Heaviside unit step function, Second
shifting theorem (time shift property), Initial value and final value theorems, Laplace transform
of periodic functions- Convolution theorem.

Operational Calculus: Transfer functions, Solution of ordinary differential equations with


constant coefficients and system of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients
using Laplace Transforms. Application of Laplace transforms to the first order and second
order system subjected to impulse, step, periodic, rectangular, square, ramp, triangular and
sinusoidalfunctions.

UNIT-II (9+3)
Fourier Series: Periodic functions, orthogonal and orthonormal functions and systems of
orthogonal functions, representation of a function as Trigonometric Fourier series (FS) in a
range of length 2π, Euler formulae, Conditions for the existence of Fourier series ( Dirichlet’s
conditions), FS for typical wave forms-square wave, pulse train, impulse train(comb
function), periodic rectangular wave, triangle, saw tooth, half wave rectified signal, full
wave rectified signal, plotting FS coefficients - line spectrum (magnitude and Phase spectra),
Fourier series on an arbitrary period, effects of symmetry of function on FS coefficients, half
range series – half range cosine and sine series expansions, exponential FS .

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 2
UNIT-III (9+3)
Complex Variables: Functions of complex variables, Limit, Continuity, Differentiability,
Analytic Functions, Cauchy-Riemann Equations in Cartesian and Polar coordinates.
Elementary functions, Harmonic Functions, Construction of Analytic functions. Applications
to find velocity potential and stream function of a flow, conformal mapping and bilinear
transformation.

UNIT-IV (9+3)
Complex Integration: Line integration in complex plane, integral of a non analytic function,
dependence on path of integration, ML-Inequality, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s
integral formula, series expansion of complex functions: Taylor’s series and Laurent’s series,
zeros and singularities, residues, Residue Theorem- Applications of Residue theorem to the
properly chosen integrals around a unit circle and semicircle.

Text Books:
1. Grewal, B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 43/e, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., U.K, 9/e,2013.
2. Churchill R.V., “Complex Variable and its Applications”, McGraw Hill, New York, 9/e,2013.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…

CO1: apply Laplace transform to solve certain differential equations whose solutions cannot be computed using
classical methods
CO2: describe a given function as Fourier series in an interval
CO3: construct analytic function; find velocity potential and stream function of a fluid flow using complex
analytical methods
CO4: represent a given function in Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, evaluate certain real integrals using
integraltheorems

Course Articulation Matrix: U18MH301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- III

CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18MH 301.1 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18MH301.2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18MH301.3 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18MH301.4 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18MH301 2 1.75 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 3
U18TP302 SOFT AND INTERPERSONALSKILLS

Class: B.Tech III semester Branch: ME, CSE, IT

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 100 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination -

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on….

LO1: analyzing self and learning to overcome possible threats


LO2: group dynamics to demonstrate respect for the opinions and beliefs of group
LO3: effective presentations using visual aids and analyzing the videos
LO4: communicating professionally, making resume in line with industry expectations

LIST OF ACTIVITIES

Introduction

Activity 1 Team interaction


Activity 2 SWOT analysis
Activity 3 Debate
Activity 4 Group Discussion

Activity 5 Presentations through PPTs


Activity 6 Video Synthesis
Activity 7 Resume Writing
Activity 8 Email Etiquette

Activity9 : My interview Plan: Self Introduction &FAQs


Comprehensive Presentation
Activity10 : “My Career Plan” Oral presentation

Text Books:
Developing Communications Skills – Krishna Mohan & Meera Benerji, Mcmillan
Publications, New Delhi,2005
Soft Skills - Alex.K, S. Chand Publications, New Delhi,2010
Soft skills Cornerstone of Professional success – Raman &Meenakshi, Jain Brothers
Publications, New Delhi,2009

References:
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_hs20/preview
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_hs30/preview

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 4
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1 : introspect to convert strengths into opportunities, identify weaknesses, bypass threats
CO2: present views on various issues confidently in a group
CO3: make effective PPT presentations, synthesize videos
CO4: prepare a professional resume, communicate effectively to attain better opportunities

Course Articulation Matrix :U18TP302 SOFT AND INTERPERSONAL SKILLS

CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18TP302.1 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1 1
U18TP302.2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 - - - - 1 1
U18TP302.3 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1 1
U18TP302.4 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 - - - - 1 1
U18TP302 - - - - - - - 1.5 2.25 3 - - - - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 5
U18OE303A OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

Class: B. Tech III-Semester Branch: Computer Science & Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives(LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…


LO1: fundamentals of object oriented and java programming.
LO2: classes, objects and inheritance for implementing object oriented concepts.
LO3: polymorphism, interfaces and packages for realizing object oriented rogramming.
LO4: manage Exceptional and I/O operations in application developments.

UNIT- I (9)
Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming: Programming paradigms, Basic
concepts of Object Oriented paradigm (OOP), benefits and applications of OOP.
Basics of Java Language: Java language Features, Java Programming Structure, Java Tokens,
JVM, Constants, Variables, Data types, Scope of variable, Type Casting, Operators and
Expressions, Branching and looping statements, Arrays.
UNIT – II (9)
Classes and Objects: Defining a class, Field declaration, Method declaration, Creating
object, Accessing Class Members, Constructors, garbage collection, Static members,
Nested and inner classes, Command line arguments, Wrapper classes.
Inheritance: Extending a class, Defining subclasses, Subclass constructor, Multilevel
inheritance, Hierarchical inheritance, Access controls, this and super keywords.
UNIT-III (9)
Polymorphism: Overloading methods, Overloading constructors, Overriding Methods,
Dynamic method dispatch, Abstract classes, Final Keyword.
Interfaces: Defining an interface, Implementing interfaces, Nested Interfaces, Variables in
interfaces, Extending interfaces
Packages: Packages, java API packages, Using System Packages, Naming Conventions,
Creating Packages, Accessing Packages, Adding a class to package, Hiding classes, Static
Import.
UNIT – IV (9)
Exception handling: Fundamentals, Exception types, Uncaught exceptions, Using try and catch,
Multiple catch clauses, Explicit exceptions with throw, throws and finally keywords.
String Handling: String constructors, String length, String operations, Character extraction,
String comparison, Searching string, Modifying string, Changing string cases, Joining strings.
Using I/O: I/O Basics, Reading console Input, Writing console output, Reading and writing
files.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 6
Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt,”JAVA The Complete Reference”, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education India
Pvt.Ltd , ISBN: 9781259002465,2014.
2. E.Balgurusamy, “Programming with JAVA a primer”, 5e Edition, McGraw-Hill Publication
Ltd, ISBN: 9351343200,2014.

References Books:
1. P Radha Krishna, “Object Oriented Programming through JAVA”, Universities Press, ISBN:
9788173715723,2011.
2. Herbert Schildt,”JAVA The Complete Reference”, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.Ltd , 9th
Edition, ISBN: 9781259002465,2011.
3. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, “Head First Java”, O’Reilly Publictions, 2nd Edition, ISBN-13:978-
0596009205.
4. UttamK.Roy, “Advanced JAVA Programming”, Oxford Publications; First edition, ISBN-13:
978- 0199455508.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: demonstrate object oriented concepts and java programming features.
CO2: solve computing problems using object orientation and inheritance concepts.
CO3: use polymorphism, interfaces and Packages for effective object oriented programming
CO4: handle Exceptions and I/O operations in application development.

Course Articulation Matrix : U18OE303A OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING


CO/PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE303A.1 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303A.2 2 2 2 1 2 1 - - 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303A.3 2 2 2 1 2 1 - - 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303A.4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303A 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 7
U18OE303B FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES

Class: B.Tech.III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: various Properties of fluids and fluid statics
LO2: application of Bernoulli’s equation and dimensional analysis
LO3: flow through pipes and working principles of hydraulic turbines
LO4: performance of reciprocating and centrifugal pumps

UNIT-I(9)

Fluid fundamentals: Classification of fluids, fluid properties - density, specific weight, specific
gravity, specific volume, viscosity, capillarity, vapor pressure, compressibility, surface tension,
cohesion and adhesion.
Fluid statics: Pascal’s Law, hydrostatic Law, measurement of pressure, manometers,
Piezometer, U-tube differential manometer, inverted differential manometer, hydrostatic
forces on submerged plane and curved surfaces, buoyancy, metacenter, stability of floating
and submerged bodies
UNIT-II (9)
Fluid dynamics: Classification of fluid flow, continuity equation in one, two and three
dimensional flow, velocity potential and stream function, forces causing motion, Euler’s
equation of motion, Bernoulli’s Equation, applications of Bernoulli’sequation, venturimeter,
orificemeter, pitottube, linear momentum equation, application of linear momentum
equation to forces on pipe bend.
Dimensional analysis: Dimensional analysis by Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham π’s
theorem, dimensionless numbers and model laws, Reynolds law and Froude’s law.

UNIT-III(9)
Flow through pipes: Loss of head in pipes, expression for head loss due to major and minor
losses in pipes, HGL and TEL lines, pipes in series and parallel, equivalent pipe.
Hydraulic turbines: Concept of impact jets, classification, head, losses and various
efficiencies, Pelton turbines, components, velocity triangles, power and efficiencies, reaction
turbines, Francis and Kaplan turbines, efficiencies and characteristics, unit quantities,
specific speed, draft tube theory.

UNIT-IV (9)
Reciprocating pumps: Working of single and double acting pumps, work done and
efficiencies, slip, negative slip, performance characteristics of pumps, air vessel.
Centrifugal pumps: Principle, components, work done and efficiency, pumps in series and
in parallel, multi stage pumps, characteristics, cavitation and priming.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 8
Text Books:
1. P.N.Modi and S.M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”,
Standard Book House, Rajsons Publications Private Limited, 21 thedn., 2017

Reference Books:
1. R.K.Bansal, “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Periodicals PrivateLtd.,2018
2. Victor Streeter and E. Benjamin Wylie, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, Singapore,
9 edn., 2017.
th

3. Frank M. White, “Fluid Mechanics”, Special Indian Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
4. A.K. Jain, “Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”, Khanna Publications, 12 edn,2018.
th

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: summarize fluid properties using fundamental laws of fluid statics.
CO2: analyse fluid flows using Bernoulli’s equation and model laws.
CO3: estimate losses in pipes and characterize hydraulic turbines.
CO4: discuss the working principle and characteristics of pumps.

Course Articulation Matrix:U18OE303B Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE303B.1 2 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE303B.2 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE303B.3 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE303B.4 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 2
U18CE303B 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1.25

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 9
U18OE303C MECHATRONICS

Class: B.Tech.III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Outcomes (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: role of mechatronics based technology, sensors and transducers used in industry
LO2: various types of actuation systems, working principles and their applications
LO3: mathematical models for various types of systems
LO4: various transfer functions and control modes

UNIT-I (9)

Introduction to Mechatronics: Measuring system, Control systems, Microprocessor based


controllers. Mechatronics approach.
Sensors and Transducers: Performance, terminology.displacement, position, proximity,
velocity and motion.
UNIT-II (9)
Actuation Systems: working principles of pneumatic and hydraulic systems, directional control
valves, pressure control valves, process control valves and rotary actuators.
Electrical Actuation Systems: working principles of electrical system, mechanical switches,
solid-state switches solenoids, DC motors, AC motors and stepper motors.
UNIT-III (9)
Basic Models: Mathematical models, mechanical system building blocks, electrical system
building blocks, fluid system building blocks and thermal system building blocks.
System Models: Engineering system, rotational-translational system and electro- mechanical
systems and hydraulic-mechanical system.
UNIT-IV (9)
System Transfer functions: Transfer function, first order system, second order system,
system in series and systems with feedback loops.
Closed Loop Controllers: Continuous and discrete processes. Control modes. Two step
mode and proportional mode. Derivative control, integral control, PID controller, digital
controllers, velocity controllers and adaptive control.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Bolton W., Mechatronics, Pearson Publications, 6/e, ISBN: 9788131732533, 2015.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 10
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. NitaigourPremchandMahalik, Mechatronics: Principles Concepts and Applications, Tata


McGraw Hill, 2/e, ISBN-13: 978-0070483743,2017.
2. HMT, Mechatronics, Tata McGraw-Hill, ISBN9788415700272 New Delhi,2000.
3. DevdasShetty, Richard and Kilk, Mechatronics System and Design, Cenage Learning, Inc.
2/e, ISBN- 13: 978-1439061985,2010.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: apply the mechatronics approach ad select suitable sensors and transducers for a given application.
CO2: explain working principles of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical actuators and their
applications.
CO3: develop basic building blocks for mechanical, electrical, fluid and thermal systems and build
mathematical models and analyze.
CO4:. explain various system transfer functions and select an appropriate closed loop controller for a given
application

Course Articulation Matrix : U18OE303C MECHATRONICS

CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE303C.1 2 2 1 - 2 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303C.2 2 2 1 - 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303C.3 2 2 1 3 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303C.4 2 2 1 1 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303C 2 2 1 2 2 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 11
U18OE303D WEB PROGRAMMING

Class: B.Tech.III-Semester Branch: Common to allbranches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: designing static webpage using HTML Tags, CSS properties, interactivity with JavaScript
LO2: creating dynamic webpage using JSP.
LO3: developing server-side scripts for web applications using PHP. LO4:
building databases applications using PHP, MYSQL and XML.

UNIT-I (9)
HTML: Document Structure, Basic Tags, Creating Headings, Working with Links, Creating
Paragraph, Working with Images, Tables, Frames. Introduction to Forms and Controls:
Creating HTML Form, Specifying Action URL and Method to Send the Form, Using HTML
Controls.
CSS: CSS (Cascading style sheet) rules and properties, Types: Inline, External and Internal
Style Sheets, Style Classes, Multiple Styles.
JAVASCRIPT: JavaScript syntax, Embedding JavaScript in HTML Page. Usage of variables,
Working with Operators, Control-Flow Statements, Functions and Array, Creating Objects,
Handling Events.

UNIT-II (9)
JSP: Syntax and Semantics, JSP Development Model, Components of JSP page: Directives,
Comments, Expressions, Scriptlets, Declarations, Implicit Objects, Standard Actions, Tag
Extensions, A Complete JSP Example. Session and Thread Management: Session Tracking,
Session API, Thread Management. Application Event Listeners.
JDBC: Database access with JDBC, Overview, JDBC drivers, connecting to database with
DriverManager, Statement Interfaces: Statement, Prepared statement, Callable statement,
Result Sets.
UNIT-III (9)
Introduction to PHP: Overview of PHP, Advantages of PHP over scripting languages,
Creating and running a PHP script, handling errors. Working with Variables and Constants:
Variables, Data Types and Operators. Controlling Program Flow: Conditional Statements,
Looping Statements, Break, Continue and Exit Statements. Working with Functions, Arrays,
Files and Directories.
Working with Forms: Web Forms and Form Elements, Processing a Web Form, Validating a
Web Form.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 12
UNIT-IV (9)
Database using PHP: Exploring Relational Database Model, Records and Primary Keys.
Working with SQL Statements. Using PHP and My SQL: Checking Configuration,
Connecting to Database, Selecting a Database, Adding and Altering a Table in a Database,
Inserting and modifying Data in a Table, Retrieving Data from a Table.
XML : Introduction to XML, XML Basics: Syntax, Declaration, Elements, Attributes, Valid
XML Documents, Viewing XML, XML Parser, XML Technologies, Document Object
Model(DOM).

Text Books:
1. Kogent, “Web Technologies HTML, CSS, JavaScript, ASP.NET, Servlets, JSP, PHP,
ADO.NET, JDBC and XML”, 1stEdition, Dreamtech Press (Black Book), ISBN-
13:9789351192510,2013.

2. Phil Hanna, “JSP: The Complete Reference”, 2ndEdition, McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 007-212768-6, 2001.

Reference Books:
1. Ivan Bayross, “Web Enabled Commercial Application Development Using HTML, JavaScript,
DHTML and PHP”, 4thEdition,BPB Publications,ISBN-13: 978-8183330084,2009,
2. UttamK.Roy, “Web Technologies”, 7thEdition, Oxford Higher Education, ISBN-10: 0-19-806622-
8, ISBN-13: 978-0-19-806622-4,2010
3. Luke Welling, Laura Thomson,”PHP and MySQL Web Development”, 3rdEdition,
SamsPublications,
ISBN: 0-672-32672-8, 2005
4. Jayson Falkner, Kevin Jones, ”Servlets and Java Server Pages”, 1stEdition, Pearson, ISBN: 0-
321-13649-7, 2003

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: create static web pages using HTML Tags, CSS properties and Java scripts
CO2: create dynamic web pages using java server page concepts.
CO3: develop web server side applications using PHP concepts
CO4:. develop enterprise databases for web-based applications using PHP and MySQL.

Course Articulation Matrix :U18OE303D WEB PROGRAMMING


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3 O4
U18OE303D.1 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303D.2 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303D.3 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303D.4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE303D 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 13
U18OE303E MICROPROCESSORS

Class: B.Tech., III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation: 40 marks


3 - - 3 End Semester Exam: 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives:

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on


LO1: architectural issues of 8086 Microprocessor
LO2: programming concepts of 8086 Microprocessor
LO3: interfacing of 8086 microprocessor to various I/O subsystems.
LO4: serial data communication types and standards like RS232, IEEE 488 Bus.

UNIT – I(9)
Review of 8085 MPU Architecture
8086 Family Architecture: Organization of 8086 CPU, Concept of Memory Segmentation,
Segment Registers, Physical and Logical Addressing, Addressing Modes and Instruction
Formats, Instruction Set.
UNIT – II(9)

Assembly Language Programming: Assembler Directives, Simple Programming of 8086,


Arithmetic, Logical and Data Processing Programs; Implementation of Control Loops,
Structures, Strings, Procedures, Macros.
Pin Configuration, Minimum / Maximum Modes, Timing Diagrams, Delay Subroutines.

UNIT – III(9)

Interfacing with 8086: 8086 Interrupts, Interrupt Service Routines, Programmable Interrupt
Controller 8259, Programmable Peripheral Interface 8255, Interfacing of Switches,
Keyboards, LEDs, Stepper Motor, ADCs and DACs

UNIT – IV(9)

DMA Controller 8257, Programmable Timer/Counter 8254.


Serial Data Communication through 8086: Types of Serial Communication, Synchronous
and Asynchronous Communication, Serial Data Communication through USART 8251,
Serial Data Communication Standards, RS- 232, IEEE 488 Bus (GPIB)

Text Books:

1. D.V.Hall, “Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming & Hardware”, 2nd Edition,


Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1992. (Chapter 3 to 10)
2. Yuchang Liu, Glen A. Gibson,” Microcomputer Systems. The 8086/8088 Family, Architecture,
Programming and Design”, 2nd Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 1995. (Chapter 2
to 11)

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 14
Reference Books:

1. Kenneth J. Ayala,Ayala Kenneth,” The 8086 Microprocessor: Programming and


Interfacing The PC”, West Pub., 1994.
2. Barry B. Brey,” The Intel Microprocessors: Architecture, Programming and Interfacing”,
2ndEdition, PHI, New Delhi, 1998.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: describe the architecture of 8086 microprocessor and explain instructions with suitable examples
CO2: write Assembly Language Programs (ALPs) to perform a given task
CO3: design 8086 microprocessor based system for given specifications with memory mapping
CO4: explain serial communication modes and discuss it standards

Course Articulation Matrix:U18OE303E MICRO PROCESSORS


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE 303E.1 3 3 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE 303E.2 3 2 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE 303E.3 3 3 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE 303E.4 3 3 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 - - 1
U18OE 303E 3 2.75 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 15
U18OE303F STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Class: B.Tech. III -Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme :


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: behaviour of bodies subjected to various types of stresses and strains
LO2: shear force and bending moment for determinate beams
LO3: bending and shearing stresses for beams in flexure
LO4: behaviour of circular shafts, springs and thin cylinders

UNIT-I(9)
Simple stresses and strains: Types of stresses, strains, stress–strain diagram, elastic limit,
Hooke’s law, bars of varying sections, uniformly tapering circular and rectangular sections,
elongation of bars due to self weight, temperature stresses in uniform bars.
Elastic modulii: Elastic constants, longitudinal strain, lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio,
complimentary shear stress, state of simple shear, modulus of elasticity (E), modulus of
rigidity (N), bulk modulus (K), relation between E, N & K, strain energy, resilience, impact
loading.
UNIT-II (9)
Principal stresses: Definition, normal and shear stress, principal stresses, principal planes
and their graphical representation by Mohr’s circle.
Shear force and bending moment: Types of supports, classification of beams, concept of
shear force and bending moment, shear force diagram and bending moment diagram for
simply supported, cantilever and overhanging beams, loading from shear force and bending
moment diagram, principle of superposition.

UNIT-III(9)
Bending stresses in beams: Assumptions, theory of simple bending, application of bending
equation and calculation of bending stresses in beams of homogeneous and flitched beam
material, beams of uniform strength.
Shearing stresses in beams: Shearing stress due to bending, variation of flexural shear stress
distribution across rectangular, triangular, circular, flanged section, shear resilience.

UNIT-IV (9)
Circular shafts and springs: Theory of pure torsion in solid and hollow circular shafts, shear
stresses, angle of twist, power transmitted by shaft, close-coiled and open-coiled helical
spring subjected to axial load and axial twist, springs in series and parallel.
Thin cylinders: Analysis of thin walled pressure vessels, hoop stress, longitudinal stress.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 16
Text Books:
1. Rajput R.K., “Strength of Materials”, 7thEdition, S Chand and Company.
2. Gunneswara RaoT. D.and Mudimby Andal,“Strength of Materials”, 1stedn.2018, Cambridge
UniversityPress.

Reference Books:
1. Timoshenko and Gere, “Mechanics of Materials”, 1stEdition McGraw Hill International.
2. Punmia B.C., Arun K. Jain, Ashok K. Jain, “Mechanics of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi.
3. Subramanian R., “Strength of Materials”, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
4. Ramamrutham S., “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: estimate various types of stresses and strains
CO2: construct Mohr’s circle, shear force and bending moment diagrams for determinate beams
CO3: determine the bending and shearing stresses for beams subjected to pure bending
CO4: analyze stresses in thin cylinders, circular shafts and springs by theory of pure torsion

Course Articulation Matrix:U18OE303 Strength of Materials


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE303F.1 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 2 1 - 1
U18CE303F.2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE303F.3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE303F.4 2 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE303F 2 2 1 1.33 - - - - - 1 - 1.25 2 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 17
U18CE304 FLUID MECHANICS

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: various fluid properties, pressure measurement and stability of floating bodies
LO2: summarizing various fluid flows and apply Bernoulli’s equation
LO3: dimensional analysis, similitude studies and model laws
LO4: flow through pipes and analysis of laminar flow

UNIT-I(9)
Fluid fundamentals: Introduction, conservation principles applied in fluid mechanics, ideal
fluid and real fluid, fluid continuum, fluid properties, density, specific weight, specific
gravity, specific volume, viscosity, capillarity, vapour pressure, compressibility, surface
tension, cohesion and adhesion.
Fluid statics: Pascal’s Law, hydrostatic Law, measurement of pressure, atmospheric
pressure, gauge pressure, absolute pressure, principle of manometers, piezometer, u-tube
differential manometer, inverted differential manometer, hydrostatic forces on submerged
plane and curved surfaces, total pressure and centre of pressure, buoyancy and floatation,
metacentre, stability of floating and submerged bodies.

UNIT-II (9)
Fluid kinematics: Classification of fluid flow, steady and unsteady flow, uniform and non-
uniform flow, one, two and three dimensional flows, laminar and turbulent flow, rotational
and irrotational flow, streamline, path line, streak line, stream tube, acceleration of fluid
particle, continuity equation in one, two and three dimensional flows, velocity potential and
stream function.
Fluid dynamics: Forces causing motion, Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s equation,
applications of Bernoulli’s theorem, venturimeter, orificemeter, orifice, mouthpiece, notches,
weirs and Pitot tube, linear momentum equation, application of linear momentum equation
to pipe bends.
UNIT-III(9)
Dimensional analysis: Dimension of various physical quantities and dimensional
homogeneity, dimensional analysis by Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham’s 𝜋theorem,
dimensionless numbers and their consequences in fluid mechanics.
Model analysis: Forces influencing hydraulic phenomena, types of similarities, model
analysis, similitude studies, modeling, classification of models, Reynold’s and Froude’s
model laws.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 18
UNIT-IV (9)
Flow through pipes: Major and minor losses in a pipe, expressions for head loss, hydraulic
gradient line, total energy line, pipes in series and parallel, equivalent pipe, power
transmission through pipes.
Laminar flow: Characteristics of laminar flow, Reynold’s experiment, critical Reynold’s
number, critical velocity, steady laminar flow through a circular pipe, Hagen
Poiseuilleequation.

Text Books:
1. P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”,
Standard Book House, Raj sons Publications Private Limited, 21 stedn.,2017
2. A. K. Jain, “Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”, Khanna Publications, 12thedn.,2018.
Reference Books:
1. L. Victor Streeter and E. Benjamin Wylie, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 9thedn.,2017.
2. M. Frank White, “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Special Indian edn.,2011.
3. K. Subramanya,”Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics “Tata McGraw Hill,1993
4. C.S.P.Ojha, R. Berndtsson and P. N. Chadramouli,”Fluid Mechanics and Machinery” Oxford
University Press, 2010

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: summarize fluid properties using fundamental laws of fluid statics.
CO2: identify various types of fluid flows and determine discharge using Bernoulli’s equation.
CO3: analyse hydraulic phenomena using model laws with the help of dimensional principles.
CO4: estimate the major and minor losses in pipes and summarize laminar flow

Course Articulation Matrix :U18CE304 Fluid Mechanics


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE304.1 2 1 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE304.2 2 1 2 1 1 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE3043 2 1 2 1 1 - - - 2 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE304.4 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 2
U18CE304 2 1 1.5 1 1 1 - - 1.5 - - 1 1 - - 1.25

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 19
U18CE305 SURVEYING

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: basic principles of chain, tape and theodolite
LO2:concepts of levelling, contouring, computation of areas and volumes
LO3: concepts of tacheometry, trigonometric survey and setting out curves.
LO4: interpreting surveying data using photogrammetry, RS and GIS, total station and GPS.

UNIT-I(9)
Basics of surveying: Principles of surveying, types of chain and tape, tape corrections,
chaining, ranging on levelling and sloping ground, types of compass, bearings, magnetic
declination, and local attraction.
Theodolite and traverse surveying: Temporary and permanent adjustments, measurement of
angles, fundamental lines and relations, traverse methods and computations, balancing
traverse.
UNIT-II (9)
Levelling and contouring: Definitions, Terms and Abbreviations, methods of levelling,
differential, profile, cross section levelling, characteristics of contours, methods of contouring,
interpolation of contours, contour gradient, uses of contour maps.
Areas and volumes: Areas computed by sub division into triangles, from offsets to baseline,
calculations of volumes for same level sections, by prismoidal and trapezoidal formula,
volume from spot levels, capacity of reservoir.

UNIT-III (9)
Tacheometry and trigonometric surveying: Introduction to tacheometry, types of
tacheometric measurements, determination of tacheometric constants, distance and elevation
formulae and uses of tacheometric survey, trigonometric survey with accessible and
inaccessible bases.
Curves: Theory of simple curves, setting out simple curves by linear methods and Rankine’s
deflection angle method, setting out compound, transition curves with basic data of chainage
radius and deflection angles, necessity and advantages of transitioncurve.

UNIT-IV (9)
Photogrammetry and RS&GIS: Introduction to photogrammetry, types of photographs, scale
of vertical photograph, relief displacement, Introduction and process of remote sensing, types
of platforms, sensors and applications, GIS introduction, components, data types,
functionalities of GIS.
Advanced surveying instruments: Introduction and features of total station, setting up and
orienting, capabilities and advantages of total station, GPS Introduction, segments, uses,
applications.
KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme
Page 20
Text Books:
1. S.K. Duggal, “SurveyingVolume1 and II”, McGraw Hill Education (India)Pvt.Ltd,2013.
2. B.C. Punmia& Ashok kumar Jain, “SurveyingVolume I, II and III”, Laxmi Publications,
17thedn.,2016.

Reference Books:
1. K.R. Arora, “SurveyingVolume I and II”, Standard Book House,15thedn.,2015.
2. T.P. Kanetker and S.V. Kulkarni, “Surveying and LevellingVolume I and II“, PuneVidyarthi
th
Griha Prakashan, 24 edn.,2014.
3. R. Subramanian, “Surveying and Levelling”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2ndedn.
2007.
4. R.Agor, ”A Textbook of Surveying and Levelling”, Khanna Publisher,12thedn.,2016.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: summarize the basic principles of chain, tape and theodolite.
CO2: apply the concepts of levelling, contouring and estimate the areas, volumes.
CO3: Apply tacheometry, trigonometric leveling methods and set out curves..
CO4: explain the use of modern surveying tools and instruments.

Course Articulation Matrix:U18CE305 SURVEYING


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CE305.1 2 1 - - - 1 - - 1 - - 1 2 - 2 1
CE305.2 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 1 2 - 2 1
CE3053 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 1 2 - 2 1
CE305.4 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 - 2 1
U18CE305 2 1.5 1 - 1 1 - - 1.7 - - 1 2 - 2 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 21
U18CE306 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: fundamentals of construction materials, brick and stone masonry.
LO2: different concrete making materials and properties of fresh, hardened concrete.
LO3: various phases in production of concrete and methods of proportioning concrete.
LO4: properties of other important construction materials.

UNIT-I(9)

Stone masonry: Classification, qualities of good building stone, types of stone masonry
constructions, tests on building stones, IS codal provisions of stone masonry.
Building materials and brick masonry: Introduction to construction materials, engineering
properties of construction materials, composition and classification of bricks, stretcher and
headercourse, bonds in brick work, english, flemish bonds, clay bricks, flyash bricks, CLC
bricks, AAC bricks, tests on bricks, IScodal provisions..
UNIT-II (9)
Concrete making materials: Concrete making materials, cement, oxide and compound
composition of OPC, types and grades of cements, properties of cement, tests on cement,
classification of aggregates, characteristics of aggregates, grading, tests on aggregates, water
quality for construction, admixtures for concrete.
Properties of fresh and hardened concrete: Workability of fresh concrete, factors affecting
workability, tests on workability, segregation and bleeding, strengths of concrete, factors
affecting strength of concrete, stress-strain characteristics, shrinkage and creep, permeability,
durability, acid attack, efflorescence, fire resistance, thermal properties.

UNIT-III(9)
Production of concrete: Phases in production of concrete, batching, mixing, transportation,
placing, methods of compaction, finishing of concrete, methods of curing.
Proportioning of concrete: Factors influencing concrete mix design, methods of concrete mix
design, IS-Code method, ACI method.

UNIT-IV (9)
Timber and plastics: Structure of timber, suitability of timber, defects of timber, commonly
used timber in construction, seasoning, preservation, classification of plastics, thermoplastics
and thermosetting plastics, moulding compounds, properties of plastics, use of PVC in civil
engineering construction, IS codal provisions.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 22
Steel, glass and bitumen: Types of steel, properties, applications, forms of steel, defects,
corrosion, preventive measures, composition and properties of glass, types and applications
of bitumen, IS codal provisions.

Text Books:
1. B. C. Punmia, “Building construction”, Laxmi Publications Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi, 19 thEdn. 2005.
2. M. S. Shetty, A. K. Jain “Concrete Technology (Theory of Practice)”, S. Chand Company,
New Delhi, 08thedn.,2019.

Reference Books:
1. M. L. Gambhir, “Concrete Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 05thEdn.2013.
2. S. P. Arora and Bindra, “ A Textbook of Building Constructions”, DhanpatRai and Sons, 4 thEdn.,2010
3. S. K. Duggal, “Building materials”, New Age International Pvt., Ltd., NewDelhi
4. S.C.Rangwala, K.S.Rangawala and P.S.Rangwala,”Engineering Materials”, Charotar
Publishers,feb.2019
5. A. R. Santha Kumar “Concrete Technology”, Oxford Publishers,1 stEdn.,2010.
6. IS 10262 (2009): Guidelines for concrete mix designproportioning.
7. IS383 (1970): Specification for Coarse and Fine Aggregates from natural sources forconcrete.
8. IS 1077 (1992): Common Burnt Clay BuildingBricks.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: describe properties of building materials, brick and stone masonry.
CO2: summarize constituents of concrete and its properties in fresh, hardened state.
CO3: explain various phases in production of concrete and concrete mix designs using IS, ACI method.
CO4: illustrate subsidiary materials for civil engineering applications.

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE306 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE306.1 2 - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 1
U18CE306.2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 - 2 1
U18CE306.3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 1
U18CE306.4 2 - - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 2 - 2 1
U18CE306 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - - - - 2 2 2 2 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 23
U18CE307 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech.III-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: testing of bricks
LO2: testing of cement
LO3: testing of fine aggregates and coarse aggregates
LO4: testing of fresh and hardened concrete

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of compressive strength of bricks (clay and fly ash)
2. Determination of water absorption test on bricks
3. Determination of fineness and specific gravity of cement
4. Determination of standard consistency of cement
5. Determination of initial and final setting times of cement
6. Determination of compressive strength of cement
7. Determination of fineness modulus of fine and coarse aggregates
8. Determination of bulk density, specific gravity, porosity and void ratio of fine and coarse
aggregates
9. Determination of bulking of fine aggregate
10. Determination of workability of fresh concrete
11. Determination of compressive strength of concrete
12. Determination of split tensile strength of concrete
13. Determination of modulus of rupture of concrete
14. Demonstration on non- destructive evaluation of concrete

Laboratory manual:

1. “Concrete technology laboratory” manual prepared by the faculty of Civil Engineering, KITSW

Reference Books:
1. M. L. Gambhir, “Concrete Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 5thedn.2013.
2. M. S. Shetty, Ak.Jain “Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)”, S. Chand Company, New
Delhi, 8thedn., 2019.
3. A. R. Santha Kumar, “Concrete Technology”, Oxford Publishers, 1stedn.2010.
4. A. M. Neville, “Properties of Concrete”, McGrawHill Publications, New Delhi, 5thedn.2012.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 24
Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: bricks
CO2: cement
CO3: fine and coarse aggregates
CO4: fresh and hardened concrete

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE30 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE307.1 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 2 2 - 1 2
U18CE307.2 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 2 2 - 1 2
U18CE3073 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 2 2 - 1 2
U18CE307.4 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 2 2 - 1 2
U18CE307 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 2 2 - 1 2

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 25
U18CE308 SURVEYING FIELD WORK – I
Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: chain surveying
LO2: measuring the angles between survey lines
LO3: methods of Leveling
LO4: Develop contour map of an area and Longitudinal section, Cross section of given project

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Chain surveying: use of optical square or cross staff, check line, tie line
2. Horizontal angle measurement by repetition and re-iteration methods
3. Measuring the distance between two inaccessible points using theodolite
4. Theodolite traversing- closed traverse
5. Theodolite traversing for omitted measurements (bearing/ length /both of one side omitted)
6. Levelling – temporary adjustments and recording staffreadings
7. Fly levelling using auto level
8. Profile levelling using autolevel
9. Longitudinal and cross section exercises
10.Block levelling using theodolite
11.Trigonometric levelling – single plane method
12.Trigonometric levelling – double plane method

Laboratory Manual:
1. Survey Field Work – I Lab manual, prepared by faculty of Civil Engineering, KITSW

Reference Books:
1. B.C. Punmia and Ashok kumar Jain, “Surveying Volume I and II”,Laxmi Publication ,
Pvt., Ltd16thedn.,2011
2. K.R. Arora, “Surveying Volume I and II”,Standard BookHouse,15thedn.,2015.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme


Page 26
Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: conduct chain surveying to measure linear distances and calculate areas
CO2: establish the survey lines by measuring angles using theodolite
CO3: determine the reduced levels of points using auto level.
CO4: prepare contour map of an area and sketch longitudinal, cross sectional details.

Course Articulation Matrix :U18CE308 Surveying fieldwork–I


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CE308.1 2 1 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 1 2 - 1 1
CE308.2 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 1 2 - 1 1
CE308.3 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 1 2 - 1 1
CE308.4 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 2 2 - 1 1
U18CE308 2 1.75 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 1.25 2 - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 27


U18OE311A OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMINGLABORATORY

Class: B. Tech III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LO):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…


LO1: implementing concepts of object oriented programming
LO2: debug and test java applications effectively
LO3: effective use of exception handling, interfaces and packages during applications development
LO4: I/O and applet programming in java

List of Experiments

Experiment-I
1. Write a program to demonstrate operators of java.
2. Write a program to demonstrate type casting and operator precedence.
3. Write a program to demonstrate different types ofif-statements.
4. Write a program to demonstrate switch-case.

Experiment-II
1. Write a program to demonstrating loop control statements.
2. Write a program to demonstrate for-each control loop.
3. Implement programs using single dimensional arrays.
4. Write a program to define a two dimensional array where each row contains different number
of columns.

Experiment -III
1. Write a program to demonstrate creating object to a class for accessing variables and methods.
2. Write a program to demonstrate creating multiple object.
3. Write a program to demonstrate passing objects to methods.
4. Write a program to demonstrate constructors and garbage collector by invoking it explicitly.

Experiment -IV
1. Write a program to demonstrate static members.
2. Write a program to demonstrate command line argument.
3. Write a program to demonstrate variable length argument.
4. Write a program to demonstrate wrapper classes.

Experiment -V
1. Write a program to demonstrate inheritance using extends keyword.
2. Write a program to demonstrate multilevel inheritance.
3. Write a program to demonstrate hierarchical inheritance.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 28


4. Write a program to demonstrate access controls.

Experiment -VI
1. Write program to demonstrate this and supper keywords.
2. Write program to demonstrate dynamic method dispatch.
3. Write a program to demonstrate final variable and methods.
4. Write a program to demonstrate use of abstract class.

Experiment -VII
1. Write a program to define an Interface and implement it into a class.
2. Write a program to implement multiple interfaces into single class.
3. Write a program to extend interfaces.
4. Write a program to implement nested interfaces.

Experiment -VIII
1. Write a program to create a package, and demonstrate to import a package to a class.
2. Write a program to demonstrate access protection of packages.
3. Write a program to demonstrate static import of package.

Experiment-IX
1. Write a program to demonstrate try and catch statement for exception handling
2. Handle Array Index Of Bounds Exception, Number Format Exception and Divide By Zero Exception
using multiple catch blocks.
3. Write a program to demonstrate user defined exception with throw keyword
4. Write a program to demonstrate finally block.

Experiment-X
1. Write a program to demonstrate string handling functions.
2. Write a program to demonstrate string searching functions.
3. Write a program to demonstrate string comparison functions.
4. Write a program to demonstrate string modification functions.

Experiment-XI
1. Write a program to demonstrate reading and writing input using byte stream classes
2. Write a program to demonstrate reading and writing input using character stream classes
3. Write a program to demonstrate data input and output streams
4. Write a program to demonstrate array input and output streams

Experiment-XII

1. Write a program to create a file using byte stream classes


2. Write a program to create a file using character stream classes
3. Write a program to open the specific file
4. Write a program to copy the content of one file to another.

Laboratory Manual:
1. Java Programming laboratory manual, prepared by faculty of Dept. ofCSE.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 29


Text Book:

1. Herbert Schildt,”JAVA The Complete Reference”, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.Ltd ,
ISBN: 9781259002465, 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: implement OOP concepts using Java
CO2: use the concepts like inheritance, polymorphism, packages and interfaces in application development
CO3: handle runtime exceptions in object oriented programming
CO4: build effective I/O interfaces for software applications

Course Articulation Matrix: U18OE311A OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO/PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE311A.1 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE311A.2 1 1
2 2 2 1 2 1 1 - 2 1 2 1 - -
U18OE311A.3 1 1
2 2 2 1 2 1 - - 2 1 2 1 - -
U18OE311A.4 1 1
2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 - -
U18OE311A 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 30


U18OE311B FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINESLABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: determining the hydraulic coefficient for various flow measuring devices
LO2: implementing Bernoulli’s equation and application of Bernoulli’s theorem in estimating various losses in pipe
LO3: studying the various parameters which effects the impact of jet
LO4: studying the characteristics of hydraulic machines

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Coefficient of Discharge for given Orifice meter and Venturi meter.
2. Determination of Coefficient of Discharge for given notches (triangular/rectangular)
3. Determination of Coefficient of Discharge for given orifice and mouth piece.
4. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem.
Estimation of coefficients of various head losses in pipes due to major and
5. minor losses (sudden enlargement, sudden contraction and bend).

6. Determine of Reynolds’s number using Reynolds’s apparatus.


7. Determination of coefficient of impact for a jet on given vane.
8. Determination of performance characteristics of Francis Turbine
9. Determination of performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel.
10. Determination of performance characteristics of Centrifugal Pump.
11. Determination of performance characteristics of Submersible Pump.
12. Determination of performance characteristics of Reciprocating Pump.

Laboratory Manual:

1. “Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Department


of Civil Engineering.
Reference Books:
1. N. Kumara Swamy, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory Manual”,Charotar Publishing
House Pvt., Ltd., 1stedn.,2008.
2. Sarbjit Singh, “Experiments in Fluid Mechanics”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi,
2009.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 31


Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: determine the hydraulic coefficient for various flow measuring devices
CO2: apply Bernoulli’s equation in estimating head lossin pipes
CO3: apply the principles of impact of jet on different vanes
CO4: demonstrate the characteristics of hydraulic machines.

Course Articulation Matrix: U18OE311B Fluid Mechanics And Hydraulic Machines Laboratory
CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE311B.1 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 2
U18OE311B.2 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 2
U18OE311B.3 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 2
U18OE311B.4 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 2 - - 2
U18OE311B 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 2 - - 2

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 32


U18OE311C MECHATRONICS LAB

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination : 60 marks

Course Learning Outcomes (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: basic elements underlying mechatronic systems: analog electronics, digital electronics, sensors, transducers,
actuators, microcontrollers and embedded software.
LO2: interface of various systems to a PLC.
LO3: integration of various systems through programming.
LO4: design and simulation of hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Controlling A.C. Non servomotor clockwise and anti clockwise with time delay.
2. Controlling A.C. Non servo motor using digital inputs proximity sensors.
3. Controlling of Single acting Pneumatic Cylinder with time delay
4. Controlling of double acting Pneumatic Cylinder with time delay and sequencing
5. Control of D.C servomotor (rotating table clockwise and counterclockwise)
6. Integration of AC Non servo motors, single acting pneumatic cylinder and double
acting pneumatic cylinder.
7. Integration of AC Non- servomotor and pneumatic cylinders with digital inputs.
8. Controlling of X table and Y table.
9. Controlling of various systems using manual inputs.
10. Controlling of traffic lights with time delay.
11. Controlling of lift operations with time delay.
12. Hydraulic and Pneumatic simulation.

Laboratory Manual:
1. Mechatronics Lab Manual, prepared by faculty of Mechanical Engineering,KITSW

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. ATS Manual of L.S. Mechatronics2000.
2. Bolton W., Mechatronics, Pearson Publications, 5/e, ISBN-13: 978-0273742869,2011.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: Develop PLC program to control AC non servomotors, single acting and double acting pneumatic cylinders
with different operation conditions
CO2: Develop PLC program to control various systems.
CO3: Integrate various mechanical and electrical systems and operate them.
CO4: Design and simulate the hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 33


Course Articulation Matrix: U18OE311C MECHATRONICSLAB
CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE311C.1 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE311C.2 1 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE311C.3 1 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE311C.4 1 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE311C 1 2 1 2 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 34


U18OE311D WEB PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. III Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks


- - 3 2 End Semester Examination : 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives:

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: implementing HTML Tags, CSS and Java Scripts for creating static web pages.
LO2: usage of JSP in designing dynamic web pages.
LO3: usage of PHP in designing a web base application.
LO4: accessing different web data servers using JSP and PHP

Experiment-1

1. Design the following static web pages with the following attributes:
a. Basic Tags.
b. Heading Tags.
c. List (Ordered and Un-Ordered).
d. Textbox, Buttons.

Experiment-2

2. HTML
AIM: Design the following static web pages required for an online book store web site.

a. HOMEPAGE:
b. LOGINPAGE
c. CATALOGEPAGE

DESCRIPTION:

a. HOMEPAGE
The static home page must contain three frames.

• Top frame: Logo and the college name and links to Home page, Login page, Registration
page, Catalogue page and Cart page (the description of these pages will be given below).
• Left frame: At least four links for navigation, which will display the catalogue of respective
links. For e.g.: When you click the link “CSE” the catalogue for CSE Books should be
displayed in the Right frame.
• Right frame: The pages to the links in the left frame must be loaded here. Initially this page
contains description of the website.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 35


Logo Web Site Name
Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart
CSE
ECE Description of the Web Site
EEE
CIVIL

b. LOGIN PAGE: This page looks likebelow:


Logo Web Site Name
Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart
CSE Login :
ECE Password:
EEE
CIVIL Submit Reset

Experiment-3

c. CATOLOGUEPAGE:
The catalogue page should contain the details of all the books available in the web site in a table. The
details should contain the following:

• Snap shot of Cover Page.


• Author Name and Publisher.
• Price and Add to cart button.
Logo Web Site Name

Home Login Registration Catalogue Cart

CSE Book : XML Bible Author : $ 40.5


Winston
Publication : Wiely
ECE
Book : AI Author $ 63
:S.Russel

EEE Publication : Princeton hall

Book : Java 2 $ 35.5


Author : Watson
CIVIL
Publication : BPB publications

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 36


Book : HTML in 24 hours Author :
Sam Peter $ 50
Publication : Sam publication

Experiment-4

3. VALIDATION
AIM: To do validation for registration page using JavaScript.

DESCRIPTION: Write JavaScript to validate the following fields of the above registration page.

a. Name (Name should contains alphabets and the length should not be less than 6
characters).
b. Password (Password should not be less than 6 characters length).
c. E-mailid(shouldnotcontainanyinvalidandmustfollowthestandardpattern
(name@domain.com)

d. Phone number (Phone number should contain 10 digits only).


Note: You can also validate the login page with these parameters.

4. CSS
AIM: Write a program illustrating various methods in cascading style sheets.

a. Use different font, styles and set a background image


b. Control the repetition of the image
c. Define styles for links
d. Work with layers and add a customized cursor

DESCRIPTION: Design a web page using CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) which includes the
following:

a. Use different font, styles: In the style definition you define how each selector
should work (font, color etc.).Then, in the body of your pages, you refer to these
selectors to activate the styles.
b. Set a background image for both the page and single elements on the page. You can
define the background image for the page likethis:
c. Control the repetition of the image with the background-repeat property. As
background-repeat: repeat
d. Define styles for links
e. Work with layers:
f. Add a customized cursor:
Selector {cursor:value}
.xlink {cursor:crosshair}
.hlink{cursor:help}

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 37


5. Embedding JavaScript in HTML pages.
6. Design a registration form and validate its field by using Java Script.

Experiment-5

7. To design the scientific calculator and make event for each button using Java Script.
8. WAP to create popup boxes in Java Script.
9. Program to create a class calculator that contains an overloaded method called "add" to
calculate the sum of two integers, two float numbers and, one integer and one float.
Experiment-6

10. Print current date &time


11. JSP Program to auto refresh a page
12. JSP Program to count no. of visitors on website
13. JSP program for error handling
14. Demonstrate expression tag
15. Detect locale, language settings & local specific time
16. Demonstrate JSP implicit object
17. JSP Program to display given number in words

Experiment-7

18. Display the contents of Employee table in a neat format.


19. Insert N, no. of records into Employee table using Prepared Statement.
20. EnhancethesalariesofEmployeeby10%whoareearningsalarygreaterthan5000using
Callable Statement.
21. Delete all students whose marks are below 50% and also display the count.

Experiment-8

22. Write a HTML file to create a simple form with 5 input fields (Name, Password, Email, Pin
code, Phone No. and a Submit button) and demonstrate required field validations to validate
that all input fields are required and display error messages if the above validations do not
hold.
23. Create a JSP Page with and run in JSP Engines.
24. Demonstrate Session Tracking in JSP.
25. JSP Program to validate username and password

Experiment-9

26. Create Database Connectivity with JSP page with different JDBC Drivers.
27. JSP Program to Select record from database
28. JSP Program to Insert a record into the database
29. Create a CRUD operation for JSP Page using My SQL
30. JSP Program to upload file into server

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 38


Experiment-10

31. Create a form for your college library entering student details for each student in the college.
Validate the form using PHP valuators and display error messages.
32. Write a PHP which does the following job:
Insert the details of the 3 or 4 users who register with the web site by using registration form.
Authenticate the user when he submits the login form using the User Name and Password
from the database (instead of cookies).

Experiment-11

33. Create tables in the database which contain the details of items (books in our case like Book
name, Price, Quantity, Amount) of each category. Modify your catalogue page in such a way
that you should connect to the database and extract data from the tables and display them in
the catalogue page using PHP.
34. Create and delete MYSQL database using PHP.

Experiment-12

35. Create a PHP program to demonstrate opening and closing a file.


36. Create a PHP program to demonstrate reading a file and writing in a file.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: create the static web pages using HTML Tags and CSS and
CO2: design dynamic web page for web applications using JSP
CO3: develop server side scripts for web base applications using PHP
CO4: design web applications for effective storage and retrieval of data in My SQL using PHP.

CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P1 P1 P1 PSO PSO PSO PSO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 3 4
U18OE 311 D.1 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE 311 D.2 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE 311 D.3 2 2 2 1 2 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE 311 D.4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1
U18OE 311 D 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 39


U18OE311E MICRO PROCESSORS LABORATORY

Class:B.Tech.III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LO):


This Course will develop student’s knowledge on/in
LO1: programming using 8086 Microprocessor kit
LO2: basic arithmetic programs and sorting using 8086 Microprocessor kit
LO3: string manipulation and code conversions using MASM
LO4: interfacing of subsystems to 8086 microprocessor kit

List of Experiments

(Based on theory course U18OE303E)

1. Study of 8086 Trainer Board


2. Simple Arithmetic Operations (Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division)
3. Finding Sum, Average.
4. Largest/Smallest Number in a given array
5. Arranging in Ascending/ Descending order
6. Finding Factorial using recursive procedure
7. Transfer of bytes from DS to ES
8. ALPs for String Manipulation
9. ALPs for Code conversions
10. Wave form Generation using DAC modules
i. Squarewave ii. Sawtoothwave iii. Triangularwave
11. ADC interfacing
12. Stepper motor –interfacing

Laboratory Manual:
1. Microprocessors Laboratory Manual, prepared by the faculty of department of ECE, KITSW.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 40


Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: write and execute assembly language programs for given tasks on 8086 microprocessor kit
CO2: implement code conversions and bit manipulations programs in 8086 using MASM
CO3: write waveform generation code using DAC modules
CO4: interface stepper motor, keyboard, memory etc. with 8086 microprocessor

Course Articulation Matrix:U18OE311E MICROPROCESSORS LAB


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE 311E.1 3 3 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE 311E.2 3 2 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE 311E.3 3 2 1 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE 311E.4 3 3 2 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1
U18OE311E 3 2.5 1.75 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 41


U18OE311F STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: testing of civil engineering materials
LO2: mechanical properties of civil engineering materials
LO3:behavior of civil engineering materials when tested
LO4:codal specifications of various engineering materials

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Stress–Strain characteristics of (a) Mild steel and (b) TOR steel.
2. Determination of the compressive strength of wood and punching shear strength.
3. Determination of the Brinell’s hardness numbers for steel, brass and aluminum.
4. Determination of the modulus of rigidity by conducting torsion test on solid shaft or
hollowshaft.
5. Determination of the modulus of rigidity by conducting compression test on spring.
6. Determination of the Young’s modulus of the given material by conducting flexural test on
simply supported beam.
7. Determination of the Young’s modulus of the given material by conducting flexural test on
continuous beam.
8. Determination of the Young’s modulus of the given material by measuring conducting flexural
test on propped cantilever beam.
9. Bend and rebend test on steel specimen.
10. Shear test for Mild steel specimen.
11. Impact test on Metal Specimens using Izod test.
12. Impact test on Metal Specimens using Charpy test.
13. Demonstration of measuring strains using strain gauges, LVDTs

Laboratory Manual:
1. Strength of MaterialsLaboratory Manual, prepared by faculty ofCivil Engineering, KITSW

Reference Books:
1. Harmer E. DavisandGeorge Earl Troxell,“Testing and Inspection of
nd
Engineering Materials”,McGraw-Hill book company, inc,2 edn.,1955.
2. A.V.K. Suryanarayana, “Testing of Metallic Materials”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2ndedn.,2007.
3. IS 1786:2008 “High strength deformed steel bars and wires for concretereinforcement-specification.
Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi, 2008.

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 42


4. IS 432(Part-I):1982 “Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and Hard drawn steel
wires for concrete reinforcement”. Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi,1992.
5. IS 432(Part-II):1982 “Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and Hard drawn steel
wires for concrete reinforcement”. Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi,2004.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: correlate theory with the testing of engineering materials for quality assessment.
CO2: evaluate the mechanical properties of civil engineering materials.
CO3: appraise the behavior of civil engineering materials when tested under loads.
CO4: realize the specifications recommended by codes to civil engineering materials

Course Articulation Matrix:U18OE311F Strength of Materials Laboratory


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE311F.1 1 - - 1 - 1 - - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
U18OE311F.2 1 - - 1 - 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 1 1 -
U18OE311F.3 1 - - 1 - 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 1 1 -
U18OE311F.4 1 - - 1 - 1 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
U18OE311F 1 - - 1 - 1 - 2 1.75 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for III Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 43


KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL
(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EVALUATION
IV SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH DEGREE PROGRAMME
[6Th+3P+1MC]
Periods/week Credits Evaluation scheme
Sl.
Category Course Code Course Title CIE ESE Total
No L T P C
TA MSE Total Marks
1 OE U18OE401 Open Elective-II 3 1 - 4 10 30 40 60 100
2 HSMC U18MH402 Professional English - - 2 1 100 - 100 - 100
3 PCC U18CE403 Mechanics of Materials 3 1 - 4 10 30 40 60 100
4 PCC U18CE404 Hydraulics Engineering 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures
5 PCC U18CE405 3 1 - 4 10 30 40 60 100
6 PCC U18CE406 Engineering Geology 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
Hydraulic and Hydraulic
7 PCC U18CE407 - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
Machinery Laboratory
Engineering Geology Laboratory
8 PCC U18CE408 - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
9 PCC U18CE409 Surveying Field Work-II - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge
10 MC U18MH415 2 - - - 10 30 40 60 100
Total: 17 3 8 22 280 180 460 540 900
11 MC U18CH416 Environmental Studies* 2 - - - 10 30 40 60 100
[L= Lecture, T = Tutorials, P = Practicals & C=Credits] Stream-I: CSE, CSN,IT,ME Stream-II: EEE, ECE, EIE,CE,ECI

Total Contact Periods/Week:28 TotalCredits:22 *For Lateral entry students only

Open Elective-II:

U18OE401A: Applicable Mathematics (MH) U18OE401B:


Basic Electronics Engineering (ECE) U18OE401C: Elements of
Mechanical Engineering (ME) U18OE401D: Measurements &
Instrumentation (EIE) U18OE401E: Computer Networks (IT)

U18OE401F: Renewable Energy Sources (EEE)


KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 44
U18OE401A APPLICABLE MATHEMATICS

Class: B.Tech. IV-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: application of Fourier series to solve wave equation, heat conduction equation and Laplace equation
LO2: the methods of fitting curves by the method of least squares, statistical methods and probability distributions
with applications to engineering disciplines.
LO3: finite difference operators; the concept of interpolation and numerical integration.
LO4: numerical methods and application to find numerical solutions of differential equations.

UNIT-I (9+3)

Applications of Partial Differential Equations: Basic concepts of partial differential equations,


classification of second order partial differential equations, solution of a partial differential equation,
solution through the method of separation of variables.
Vibrating String: Wave equation and its solution by the method of separation of variables,
D’Alembert’s solution of wave equation, solutions of various boundary value problems based on
vibrating string.
One Dimensional Heat Flow: Transient heat flow equation, heat flow through a bar of finite length
with homogeneous and non homogeneous boundary conditions, heat flow through a bar with
insulated ends.
Two Dimensional Heat Flow: Equation of two dimensional heat flow (Laplace’s equation) under
steady state / the electrostatic potential of electrical charges in any region that is free of these charges
(problems based on Trigonometric FS only),solution of Laplace’s equation in Cartesian and polar form,
heat flow through infinite rectangular plates, finite square plate and semi circular and circular plates.

UNIT-II (9+3)
Statistics: Statistical data: Review of measures of central tendency and measures of dispersion,
correlation coefficient, rank correlation, regression – Linear regression equations.
Curve Fitting: Method of least squares –fitting of (i) Straight line (ii) Second degree parabola
(iii) Exponential curves, most plausible solution of a system of linear algebraic equations. Probability:
Review of the concepts of probability, random variables, Discrete and continuous probability
distributions, mean and variance of a distribution, Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, and
Normal distribution, fitting of these probability distributions to the given data.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 45


UNIT-III (9+3)
Numerical Analysis: Finite differences and difference operators.
Interpolation: Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae. Lagrange interpolation
Numerical Differentiation: First and second derivatives using forward and backward interpolation
polynomials at the tabulated points.
Numerical Integration: Gaussian quadrature formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rdrule and
Simpson’s 3/8th rule.

UNIT-IV (9+3)
Solution to System of Linear Equations: Gaussian elimination method, Jacobi Method and Guass -
Siedel Iteration Method.
Numerical Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Bisection method, Regula- Falsi
method and Newton Raphson’s method.
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s method, Picard’s method, Euler’s
method and Runge - Kutta methods of second and fourth order.
Text Books:
1. Grewal, B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 43/e,2014.

Reference Books:
1. Gupta and Kapoor, “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sulthan Chand and & sons, New
Delhi, 11thedition, 2010.
th
2. Kreyszig E.,” Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Johnwiely& sons,Inc.,U.K., 9 edition,2013.
3. Sastry S.S, “Introduction to numerical Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,New
Delhi.4thedition, 2005.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: solve wave equation, heat conduction equation and Laplace equation using Fourier series
CO2: find correlation regression coefficients, fit curves using method of least squares for given data and apply theoretical
probability distributions in decision making
CO3: estimate value of a function by applying interpolation formulae
CO4: apply numerical methods to solve simultaneous algebraic equations, differential equations, find roots of algebraic
and transcendental equations

Course Articulation Matrix :U18OE401A APPLICABLE MATHEMATICS


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE401A. 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18OE401A. 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18OE401A. 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18OE401A. 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1
U18OE401 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 46


U18OE401B BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Class:B.Tech.IVSemester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 Marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Exam 60 Marks

Course Learning Objectives:

This course will develop student’s knowledge on/in…


LO1: to introduce the basic concepts of semiconductors and conductivity in semiconductors
LO2: to impart the knowledge on working of semiconductor diode as Rectifier
LO3: to make the students to understand the basic concepts of BJT &DC biasing concepts
LO4: to introduce the fundamental concepts and basic principles of special semiconductor devices.

UNIT-I(9+3)

Introduction to Electronics:
Analog Signals (DC & AC), Sources (DC & AC), Digital Signals

Semiconductors:
Energy bands in solids, Concept of forbidden gap, Insulator, Metals and Semiconductors,
Transport phenomenon in semiconductors: Mobility and conductivity, Intrinsic
semiconductor, Donor and Acceptor impurities, Fermi level, Drift currents and Diffusion
currents, Temperature dependence of conductivity, Hall Effect

UNIT-II(9+3)

Semiconductor Diode:

P-N Junction, Band diagram, Depletion layer, V-I characteristics of P-N Diode, Diode
resistance and capacitance, Avalanche and Zener breakdown mechanisms

Diode Circuits:
Rectifier circuits – Half wave, Full wave & Bridge rectifiers, Ripple factor with and without
filters, Voltage regulation using Zener diode, Block diagram of DC adapter.

UNIT-III(9+3)

Bipolar Junction Transistor:

Physical structure, Transistor current components, CE, CB & CC configurations and their
Input & Output characteristics

DC Analysis of BJT Circuits: DC load line, Need for biasing, Transistor biasing techniques for CE
configuration, Basic transistor applications: Switch and Amplifier.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 47


UNIT-IV(9+3)

Field Effect Transistor:


Physical structure, Operation and Characteristics of a Junction Field Effect Transistor
(JFET), MOSFET, DMOSFET,EMOSFET.

Special Semi conductor Devices:


Operation and Characteristics- Tunnel Diode, Schottky diode, Photo Diode, Photo
Transistor, PIN Diode, LED, LASER, UJT.

TextBooks:
1. Bhargava and Kulashresta, “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”, TTTI, TMH,India.
2. S.Salivahanan and N.Suresh Kumar, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Ltd, 2ndEdition,2009.

Reference Books:
1. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 3/e, TMH,India.
2. David.A.Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, India.
3. Neil storey, “Electronics: A systems Approach”, 4/e-Pearson Education Publishing company Pvt.
Ltd,India

Course Learning Outcomes (COs)

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to..


CO1: Analyze the behavior of semiconductor devices
CO2: Design half wave and full wave rectifier circuits with filters
CO3 : Characterize BJT configurations with input output characteristics and biasing techniques
CO4: Acquire knowledge of new emerging areas of science and technology in differentiating semiconductor devices..

(Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs )


Course Articulation Matrix : U18EC401B BASIC ELECTRONICSENGINEERING
CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18EC401B.1 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1
U18EC401B.2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1
U18EC401B.3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1
U18EC401B.4 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 1 - - 1
U18EC401B 2 2 1.5 2 - - - - - - - 2 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 48


U18OE401C ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Class:B.Tech.,IV-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Exam : 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on


LO1: types of materials, design methodology and elements of power transmission
LO2: different manufacturing processes and their applications.
LO3: laws of thermodynamics and types of systems
LO4: principle and applications of SI & CI engines.

UNIT- I (12)
Engineering Materials: Classification, properties and applications
Design Criterion: Discrete steps in engineering design process
Power Transmission: Classification; flat belt drives - length of open and cross belts, belt tensions and
power transmitted; Gears-types and applications; spur gear-nomenclature
Bearings: Types – sliding& rolling contact bearings and applications;

UNIT- II (12)
Manufacturing Processes: Classification; Foundry- steps in sand casting process; pattern-types,
materials and allowances, mould cross section, moulding sand-composition and properties; Machining:
lathe machine-line diagram and operations; Welding-classification; principle of arc welding- AC and
DC welding, principle of gas welding, principle of brazing and soldering; Metal forming process:
forging, rolling, extrusion.

UNIT- III (12)


Thermodynamics: System-types, state, property, process and cycle; Energy-property; Zerothlaw,
thermodynamic equilibrium, laws of perfect gases.
Law of Thermodynamics: First law- applied to a cycle, change of state, Internal energy, Enthalpy;
Work and Heat in closed systems- Isobaric, Isochoric, Isothermal, Adiabatic and Polytropic; PMM-I,
limitations of first law of thermodynamics.

UNIT- IV (12)
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements and their equivalence;
Carnot cycle, Carnot theorem, heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator; working principle of domestic
air conditioner-line diagram.
IC Engines: Classification; working principle of four and two stroke SI and CI engines.

Text Book:
1. Mathur, Mehta and Tiwari, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Jain Brothers,

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 49


NewDelhi,2017.

Reference Books:
1. HazraChowdary. S. K and Bose, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd, India,2010.
2. P. K. Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill, NewDelhi.
3. HazraChowdary. S. K and Bose, “Workshop Technology, Vol. I & II”, Media Promoters and
publishers Pvt Ltd,India.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: explain mechanical properties of an engineering materials and learn the steps in design methodology.
CO2: describe the principles of manufacturing processes
CO3: apply first law of thermodynamics to various processes to calculate work andheat for a closed system.
CO4: Define second law of thermodynamics and demonstrate the working principle of IC engines.

Course Articulation Matrix: U18OE401C ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE401C. 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1
U18OE401C. 2 - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
U18OE401C. 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1
U18OE401C. 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1
U18OE401C 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 50


U18OE401D FUNDAMENTALS OF MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION
Class: B.Tech. IV–Semester Branch: Common to all Branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Exam : 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in

LO1: working principle of DC measuring instruments; DC, AC bridge circuits and their applications
LO2: principle of operation of Q meter, DVM, DMM, CRO, DSO and display devices
LO3: working principle of various transducers and their applications
LO4: working principle of seismic transducers, piezoelectric accelerometer, sound level meter, level transducer, flow
meter and data acquisition system

UNIT–I (9+3)
DC measuring instruments (principle of operation): Measurement system – block diagram and
example; performance characteristics – accuracy, precision, resolution, threshold, span, % error and
fidelity; DC meters (working principle) – PMMC mechanism, shunt type ammeter, series type
voltmeter, shunt type ohmmeter; DC potentiometers - Crompton’s DC potentiometer, calibration of
meters (ammeter, voltmeter & wattmeter) using DC potentiometer
DC & AC bridges: General bridge balance equation, bridge calibration, applications of bridges,
Wheatstone bridge, Maxwell bridge, Schering bridge, Wien’s bridge

UNIT – II (9+3)
Electronic instruments (principle of operation): Q-meter – basic Q-meter circuit; digital meter –
characteristics (resolution & count), DC & AC attenuators, block diagram of dual slope type digital
voltmeter, block diagram of digital multimeter (DMM); oscilloscopes – working principle of cathode
ray tube (CRT), block diagram of cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO) , block diagram of digital storage
oscilloscope (DSO); display devices – working principle of LED & LCD types

UNIT – III (9+3)


Transducers (principle of operation): Transducer - classification, examples and ideal requirements;
sensors – cantilever beam & proving ring types of load cells, bourdon tube & diaphragm type pressure
sensors; resistive transducers – piezo-resistive effect of strain gauge (SG), gauge factor, SG type force
transducer, SG type pressure transducer and RTD; thermocouple type temperature transducer, LVDT
type inductive transducer, differential type capacitive transducer, piezoelectric type transducer;
photoelectric type transducer

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 51


UNIT – IV (9+3)
Transducers (principle of operation): Seismic transducers – displacement transducer, velocity pickup
and accelerometer, piezoelectric accelerometer, sound level meter (block diagram), capacitive
microphone, capacitive type level transducer (double electrode type), ultrasonic flow meter and
electromagnetic flow meter; introduction to data acquisition (DAQ)system

Text Books:
1 P. Pruthviraj, B. Bhudaditya, S. Das and K. Chiranjib, “Electrical and Electronic Measurement and
Instrumentation”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2ndedition, 2013, New Delhi.
(Chapters 1 to 3, 8 to 10 and 13 to 15)
2 Arun K. Ghosh, “Introduction to Transducers”, PHI, 4thedition,2015, New Delhi. (Chapters 1 to7)

Reference Books:
1 A.K. Sawhney, “Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation”, Dhanpatrai& Co., 2015,
New Delhi.
2 Helfrick. A.D and Cooper W.D., “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques”, Pearson India Edn., 2ndedition, 2016, New Delhi.
3 B.C. Nakra, K.K Choudhry, “Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis”, TMH, 4th
edition, 2008, New Delhi.
4 D.V.S. Murthy, “Transducers and Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2012, New Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to…


CO1: explain about working principle of measurement system, PMMC based meters and applications of DC & AC
bridge circuits
CO2: describe the principle of operation of Q-meter, DVM, DMM, CRO, DSO and display devices
CO3: elaborate on the working principle of resistive, inductive, capacitive and piezoelectric transducers and their
applications
CO4: explain about seismic transducers, sound level meter, level transducer, flow meters and block diagram of data
acquisition system

Course Articulation Matrix: U18EI401D Fundamentals of Measurements & Instrumentation


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18EI401D.1 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18EI401D.2 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18EI401D.3 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18EI401D.4 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18EI401D 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 52


U18OE401E FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER NETWORKS

Class: B.Tech. IV- Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks


3 - - 3 End Semester Exam : 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LO) :

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on


LO1: network topologies, network reference models, network architecture and data transmission
LO2: design issues and protocols of data link layer, error detection and correction, MAC protocols and Ethernet
standards
LO3: principles and design issues of network layer and internet protocols
LO4: transport layer design issues, protocols and application layer services

UNIT - I (9)
Introduction: History of Computer Networks and The Internet, Principles of Computer Network
Design, Network Architecture, Network Types.
Physical Layer: Factors Affecting Data Transmission, Data Transmission, Data Transmission
Codes: Non-return to Zero, Manchester Encoding, Digital modulation & Modems, Transmission
Media.
UNIT- II (9)
Data Link Layer: Functions of Data Link Layer, Framing Techniques, Error Detection and
Correction, Elementary Data Link Layer Protocols for Flow Control.
Local Area Networks: Medium Access Protocols, LAN Protocol Stack, Ethernet Protocols, IEEE
802.11LAN Standard: IEEE 802.11 Protocol Stack, Wireless LAN Topologies, Frames in IEEE
802.11.

UNIT - III (9)


The Network Layer: Network Layer Services, Packet Switching Networks, The Internet
Protocol(IP): IP Header in IPv4, IP Addressing in IPv4, Subnet addressing and Classless Inter-
Domain Routing (CIDR), Address Resolution Protocol, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol,
Internet Layer Protocols, Fragmentation and Reassembly, IP Version 6: Motivation for IPv6
Development, Features of IPv6, IPv6 Address Representation.
Routing Protocols: Elements of Routing Protocol Performance, Flooding, Distance-Vector and
Link State Routing Protocols, Hierarchical Routing.

UNIT - IV (9)
The Transport Layer: User Datagram Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol, TCP State
Transition Diagram, Other TCP Timers, TCP Congestion Control.
The Application Layer: World Wide Web, Domain Name System, Electronic Mail.
Network Security: Threats and Vulnerabilities in Computer Networks, Cryptographic
Algorithms, Data Encryption Standard.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 53


Text Books:
1. Mayank Dave, “Computer Networks”, Second Edition, Cengage Learning, ISBN-13:978- 81-315-0986-
9,2014.
Reference Books:
1. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, Fifth Edition, TMH, ISBN978-0-07- 296775-3,
2012.
2. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, Ninth Edition, Prentice-Hall India, ISBN-81-
203-1240-6,2011.
3. AndrewS.Tanenbaum,DavidJ.Wetherall,“ComputerNetworks”,FifthEdition,
Pearson Education, ISBN-13: 978-0-13-212695-3, 2011.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: describe various network topologies, architecture and techniques for data transmission modes
CO2: outline various design issues in data link layer and develop protocols to handle data link layer operation
CO3: describe various design issues and develop protocols for network Layer.
CO4: explain various design issues , protocols of transport layer & application layer services

Course Articulation Matrix:U18OE401E FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER NETWORKS


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE401E.1 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE401E.2 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE401E.3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18OE401E.4 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

U18OE401E 2.75 2.5 2 1.5 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 54


U18OE401F RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

Class: B.Tech, IV Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks


3 - - 3 End Semester Exam : 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs) :

This course will develop student’s knowledge in/on


LO1: different renewable energy sources and principle of solar energy systems
LO2:wind energy, geothermal energy and MHD power generation systems
LO3: harnessing energy from oceans and biomass
LO4: working of fuel cells and different energy storage systems

UNIT-I (9)
Introduction: Conventional and non-conventional sources of energy – Brief Description
of different Renewable energy sources
Solar Energy: Introduction to prospects of solar photovoltaic (SPV) systems, principle of
a PV cell, large scale SPV systems, economic considerations of SPV systems, PV cell
technology, merits and limits of SPV systems, applications of SPV systems-street
lighting, domestic lighting, Battery charging, SPV pumping systems

UNIT-II (9)
Wind Energy: Principles of wind power- Operation of a wind turbine- Site
Characteristics. Geothermal Energy: Origin and types of geothermal energy-
Operational Difficulties - Vapor dominated systems- Liquid dominated systems- Petro-
thermal systems.
Magneto-Hydro Dynamic (Mhd) Power Generation: MHD system- Open and Closed
systems- Advantages of MHD systems.

UNIT-III (9)
Energy from Oceans: Ocean temperature differences, ocean waves-Wave motions and
tides- Energy from the waves; Introduction of tidal power, basic principle of tidal power,
components of tidal power plants, advantages and disadvantages
Bio-Energy: Introduction-bio-mass conversion, technologies-wet process, dry process,
photo synthesis; Biogas generation- biogas from power plant wastes, methods of
maintaining biogas production, utilization of biogas, biogas gasification, applications of
gasifiers
UNIT-IV (9)
Chemical Energy Sources: Introduction of fuel cells, Principle of Operation of fuel cell,
Classification of Fuel cells, Advantages and disadvantages of fuel cells.
Types of Energy Storage Systems: Introduction, Different types of Batteries, Ultra
Capacitors, Flywheels, Super Conducting Magnetic storage.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 55


Text Books:
1. Rai G.D “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, NewDelhi
2. Felix A. Farret, M. Godoy Simoes, ―Integration of Alternative Sources of Energy, John
Wiley & Sons,2006
3. BansalN.K, Kaleeman and M.Miller, “Renewable Energy Sources and Conversion
Technology”, TATA McGraw-Hill, NewDelhi

Reference Books:
1. EL-Wakil M.M, “Power Plant Technology”, McGraw-Hill, NewYork
2. Duffie and Beckman, “Solar Energy Thermal Process”, John Wiley & Sons, NewYork

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: compare conventional and non-conventional energy resources; explain the working principle of solar
energy harnessing and its applications
CO2: explain the working principles of wind energy, geothermal energy and MHD power generation systems
CO3 : describe the harnessing of electric power from oceans and biomass
CO4: explain the principle of operation of fuel cells and different types of energy storage systems

Course Articulation Matrix: U18OE401F RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18OE401F.1 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1
U18OE401F.2 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1
U18OE401F.3 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1
U18OE401F.4 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1
U18OE401F 3 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 56


U18MH402 PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH

Class: B.Tech IV Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation : 100 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Exam : -

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop the student’s knowledge in/on
LO1: reading skill and sub skills to comprehend the text
LO2: vocabulary and using it appropriately to describe situations
LO3: using phrasal verbs in speech and writing
LO4: grammar and improve language ability to write effectively

Week Topic Name


I I. Reading Comprehension- Significance of Reading Skimming
II. Verbal Ability-Synonyms
III. Grammar-Articles
II I. Reading Comprehension- Scanning
II. Verbal Ability-Antonyms
III. Grammar-Articles
III I. Reading Comprehension- Critical Reading
II. Verbal Ability- Sentence completion with correct alternative word/group
III. Grammar-Prepositions
IV I. Reading Comprehension- Intensive Reading
II. Verbal Ability- Sentence completion with correct alternative word/group
III. Grammar- Reported Speech
V I. Reading Comprehension- Intensive Reading
II. Verbal Ability- Jumbled Sentences
III. Grammar- Error Detection
VI I. Reading Comprehension- Inferential Reading
II. Verbal Ability- Jumbled Sentences
III. Grammar- Error Detection
VII I. Reading Comprehension- Lexical Reading
II. Verbal Ability- Phrasal Verbs
III. Grammar- Tenses, Structures
VIII I. Reading Comprehension- Read to Interpret
II. Verbal Ability- Single Word Substitutes
III. Grammar- Tenses, Uses

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 57


IX I. Reading Comprehension- Read to Analyze
II. Verbal Ability-Collocations
III. Grammar- Tenses, Uses
X I. Reading Comprehension- Read to Summarize
II. Verbal Ability-Spellings
III. Grammar, Agreement between Subject & verb(concord)

Text Books:

1. Professional English Manual prepared by the faculty of English, KITSW


2. Arun Sharma &Meenakshi Upadhyay, “Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension for CAT
& Other Management Examinations”, 8thEdition McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd,
Chennai,2018

Reference Books:

1. Nishit K. Sinha, “ Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension for the CAT”,
3rdEdition Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
2. Harper Collins, “Collins COBUILD English Grammar” Third Edition, Harper Collins
Publishers Ltd.
3. Rosemary & Courtney, "Longman-English-Chinese Dictionary of Phrasal Verbs"

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


Up on completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1:analyze the passage using skill and sub skill to solve different types of questions related to reading
comprehension
CO2: identify grammatical errors in the given sentences and correct them
CO3: select correct synonyms/antonyms/phrasal verbs and complete sentences with suitable words or phrases
CO4: keep the given jumbled sentences in proper sequence to make a coherent paragraph

Course Articulation Matrix: U18MH402 PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
Course Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18MH402.1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1
U18MH402.2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1
U18MH402.3 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1
U18MH402.4 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1
U18MH402 - - - - - - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 58


U18CE403 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS

Class: B.Tech.IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: various methods to evaluate slope and deflection for determinate beams
LO2: determining the slope and deflection for trusses and indeterminatebeams
LO3: bending stresses and critical load on columns
LO4: principles of Castigliano’s theorem and failure theories

UNIT-I(9+3)
Deflection of beams: Application of double integration and Macaulay’s method to calculate the
slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams.

Conjugate beam and moment area method: Determination of slope and deflection of simply
supported and cantilever beams
UNIT-II (9+3)
Strain energy: Strain energy of beams in bending, deflection of beams from strain energy, unit
load method, Castigliano’s theorem-I, application to deflection of determinate plane truss.

Fixed and continuous beams: Analysis of fixed beams for shear force and bending moment,
deflection of fixed beams, effect of sinking of supports, analysis of continuous beams using
Clapeyron’s theorem of three moments, effect of sinking of supports.

UNIT-III(9+3)
Direct and bending stresses: Stresses in a member subjected to axial, uniaxial and biaxial
loading, core or kernel of a section, wind pressures on chimneys.

Columns and struts: Euler’s theory, Euler’s critical load for columns with various end conditions,
limitations, Rankine’s hypothesis, IS code formula.

UNIT-IV(9+3)
Statically indeterminate frames: Analysis of statically indeterminate portal frames up to two
degree of indeterminacy using Castigliano’s theorem-II.
Theories of failure: Maximum principal stress theory, maximum principal strain theory,
maximum shear stress theory, strain energy theory and shear strain energy theory, applications

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 59


Text Books:
1. B. C Punmia, K. Arun Jain, K. Ashok Jain, “Mechanics of Materials”, Laxmi Publications Pvt., Ltd.,
New Delhi,15thedn.,2014.
2. GunneswaraRao T. D. and MudimbyAndal“Strength of Materials”, 1stedn.2018, Cambridge
University Press.

Reference Books:
1. H. J. Shah and S. B. Junnarkar, “Mechanics of Structures Volume - I and Volume - II”,
Charotar Publishing House Pvt., Ltd., Anand, 31 stedn., 2014.
2. R. K .Bansal, “A text book of Strength of Materials”,Laxmi Publications, 4thedn,2010.
3. Andrew Pytel and L. Ferdinand Singer, “Strength of Materials”, Harper and Row
Publishers, New York, 4thedn.,2011.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: calculate slope and deflection of determinate beams using integral methods.
CO2: assess the slope and deflection for indeterminate beams and trusses.
CO3: determine the bending stresses and critical load on columns.
CO4: analyze portal frames by Castigliano’s theorem and interpret failure theories tobeams.

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE403 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE403.1 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE403.2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 2 - 2 1
U18CE403.3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE403.4 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 2 - 2 1
U18CE403 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 2 - 1.5 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 60


U18CE404 HYDRAULICS ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech.IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: interpret turbulent flow and water hammer in pipes
LO2: boundary layer theory and submerged body flows
LO3: open channel flow and analysing hydraulic jump
LO4: classification of turbines and pumps

UNIT-I(9)

Water hammer in pipes: Water hammer phenomenon, gradual and sudden closure of valves,
expression for pressure rise considering elasticity of pipe, pressure relieving devices.
Turbulent flow in pipes: Characteristics of turbulent flow, shear stress due to turbulence, Reynolds
stresses, Prandtl’s mixing length theory, universal velocity distribution laws, Nikuradse’s experiment,
Karman– Prandtl resistance equation, variation of friction factor with Reynold’s number–Moody’s
chart.

UNIT-II (9)
Boundary layer theory: Concept of boundary layer, boundary layer growth over a flat plate,
boundary layer thickness, displacement thickness, momentum thickness and energy thickness,
laminar and turbulent boundary layers, integral momentum equation for boundary layer, separation
of boundary layer and its control.

Flow around submerged bodies: Drag and lift, basic concepts and expressions, drag and lift forces on
sphere and cylinder.

UNIT-III(9)
Open channel flow: Distinction between pipe and channel flows, classification and characteristics of
open channel flow, Manning’s and Chezy’s equations, most economical rectangular, triangular,
circular and trapezoidal sections, velocity distribution in channel section.

Hydraulic jump: Energy concepts in open channel flow, specific energy curve, critical depth, critical
velocity, condition for critical, subcritical and super critical flows, expression for depth of hydraulic
jump, loss of energy due to hydraulic jump, channel transitions, equation for gradually varied flow,
classification of surface profiles, rapidly variedflow.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 61


UNIT-IV (9)
Hydraulic machines: Impact of jet, force on a stationary, moving flat plate and curved vanes,
hydraulic turbines, heads and efficiencies, classification, Pelton Wheel, Francis turbines, specific
speed, draft tube, cavitation phenomenon, characteristic curves, selection of turbines
Pumps: Introduction, centrifugal pump, heads and efficiencies, specific speed, characteristic curves,
net positive suction head, priming, selection and operational difficulties, reciprocating pump, single
and double acting reciprocating pumps, coefficient of discharge and slip, use of air vessels and
characteristic curves.

Text Books:
1. P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”,
Standard Book House, Rajsons Publications Pvt. Ltd., 18 thedn.,2011.
2. A. K. Jain, “Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines” Khanna Publications, 12thEdn. 2010.

Reference Books:
1. VenTe Chow, “Open Channel Hydraulics”, Blackburn Publisher, 2009Edition.
2. Victor L. Streeter, E. Benjamin Wylie and Keith W.Bedford, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw
Hill,Singapore,9thedn..
3. K. Subramanya,”Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill, Edition1993.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: calculate stresses due to turbulent flow and infer water hammer in pipes
CO2: summarize the concepts of boundary layer theory and flow around submerged bodies
CO3: analyse open channel flow and hydraulic jump
CO4: discuss the characteristics of turbines and pumps

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE404 HYDRAULICS ENGINEERING


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE404.1 2 2 1 - - - - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1

U18CE404.2 2 2 2 - - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1

U18CE404.3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1

U18CE404.4 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 2
U18CE404 2 2 1.5 - - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1.25

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 62


U18CE405 DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETESTRUCTURES

Class: B.Tech.IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: concepts of limit state method of design and its application in flexure
LO2: estimation of shear, torsion and serviceability of RCC sections
LO3: design of slabs and columns using limit state design
LO4: design of footings and examine working stress method

UNIT-I(9+3)

Fundamentals of Limit State Design: Introduction, loads on structures, design philosophies,


code of practice, grades of concrete, stress-strain curves of concretes, mild steel and TOR steel,
characteristic loads and strengths, partial safety factors, IS codal provisions.

Limit state of collapse in flexure: Analysis and design of beams, singly, doubly reinforced
rectangular and T-beams, IS codal provisions.

UNIT-II (9+3)
Shear and torsion: Types of shear, design shear strength of concrete beams, design of beams
for shear, torsional shear stress for rectangular sections, reinforcement for torsion, bond,
anchorage, development length, IS codal provisions.

Limit state of serviceability: Short term deflection for beams, long term deflection due to
creep, differential shrinkage, IS Codal provisions.

UNIT-III(9+3)
Slabs: Loads and their distribution, design of one way simply supported, continuous slabs
and two way slabs, IS Codal provisions.

Short columns: Axially loaded rectangular columns, circular columns with lateral ties and
helical reinforcement, interaction curves, design for uni-axial bending moment, IS Codal
provisions
UNIT-IV (9+3)
Footings: Types of footings, design of isolated footing for axially loaded columns, design of
combined footing, IS Codal provisions. Working stress method of design: Design principles,
under reinforced, balanced and over- reinforced beams, analysis and design of rectangular
beams, design for shear, IS Codal provisions.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 63


Text Books:
1. A. K. Jain, “Limit State Design”, NemChand Brothers, Roorkee,7thedn.,2012.
2. B. C. Punmia, “Reinforced Concrete Structures”, Laxmi Publishing Company, New Delhi,
8thedn.,2012.

Reference Books:
1. S. UnnikrishnaPillai and DevdasMenon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi,3rdedn.,2011.
2. Jai Krishna and O. P. Jain, “Plain and Reinforced Concrete”, NemChand Brothers, Roorkee,
8thedn.,2012.
3. IS 456, “Code of practice for Plain and reinforced concrete”, Bureau of Indian standards, New
Delhi,2000.
4. IS 875 (part 1-5), “Code of practice for Design loads”, Bureau of Indian standards, NewDelhi, 1987.
5. SP:16 , “DesignAids for Reinforced Concrete To IS 456: 1978”, Bureau of Indian standards, New
Delhi,1980.
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: compare the design philosophies of limit state method and its application in flexure
CO2: determine the capacities of RCC sections in shear, torsion and their serviceability
CO3: design of one way, two way slabs and axially loaded columns
CO4: analyze footings and review the working stress method

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE405 DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO


CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE405.1 1 1 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 1 -- 1
U18CE405.2 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 2 -- 1
U18CE405.3 2 2 2 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 2 -- 1
U18CE405.4 2 2 2 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 2 2 -- 1

U18CE405 1.75 1.75 1.75 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 1.75 1.75 -- 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 64


U18CE406 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

Class: B.Tech.IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: elements of engineering geology and properties of different minerals
LO2: properties of rocks and their laboratory tests
LO3: features of structural geology and ground water exploration.
LO4: geology of dams, tunnels and natural hazard mitigation

UNIT-I(9)
General geology: Scope, objectives and branches of Engineering geology, surface features and earth’s
interior, processes of weathering and end products, susceptibility of rocks to weathering, river as a
geological agent.
Mineralogy: Definition of crystal and mineral, physical properties and importance of minerals such as
Quartz and its varieties, Feldspar, Graphite, Hornblende, Hematite, Mica, Granite, Kyanite, Calcite,
Talc, Bauxite, Corundum, Gypsum, Dolomite, Beryl Apatite and other important minerals.
UNIT-II (9)
Petrology: Definition of rock, rock Cycle formation of different rocks and their classification, Igneous,
Sedimentary and Metamorphic, applications to civil engineering.
Texture and Structure of rocks: Physical and engineering properties of rocks for construction granite,
pegmatite, dolerite, basalt, sandstone, conglomerate, limestone, shale, laterite, schist, gneiss, quartzite,
marble and slate, tests for rocks as building stone, aggregates, foundation stone, roofing and facing
stones.
UNIT-III(9)
Structural Geology: Structural features like stratification, lamination, bedding planes, dip, strike, study
of common geological structures associated with rocks, faults, folds, joints and their identification,
unconformities, overlaps, inliers, outliers, importance of geological structures in civil engineering.
Geological Investigations: Interpretation of geological and aerial maps, hydrogeology, ground water
investigation and exploration, geophysical investigations, definition, necessity, electrical resistivity and
seismic refraction methods, bore hole drilling.
UNIT-IV (9)
Geology of dams, reservoirs and tunnels: Types of dams, requirements of dam site, reconnaissance,
preliminary and detailed geological investigations for a dam site, leakage and silting of reservoirs,

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 65


remedial measures, tunnels and their purposes, types of tunnels and geological considerations for
tunnelling.
Natural Hazards: Earthquakes, landslides and soil erosion, remedial measures to prevent damage to
engineering structures, case study

Text Books:
1. N.ChennaKeshavulu, “Textbook of Engineering Geology”, Macmillan Publishers, New Delhi,
2ndedition,2009.
2. Parbin Singh, “Engineering and General Geology”, S.K. Kataria and sons, New Delhi,
8thedition,2013.

Reference Books:
1. K.V.G.K.Gokhale, “principles of engineering geology”, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 1stedition , 2013.
2. David George price,”E.G. principles & practice”7thedition,2009.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: describe importance of minerals and their properties
CO2: classify different rocks with specific properties
CO3: interpret geological maps and explore ground water investigations
CO4: explain natural hazards and suggest remedial measures for mitigation

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE406 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE406.1 2 -- -- -- - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE406.2 2 -- -- -- - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE406.3 2 -- -- -- - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE406.4 2 -- -- -- - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE406 2 -- -- -- - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 66


U18CE407 HYDRAULIC& HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech.IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: determining the hydraulic coefficient for various flow measuring devices
LO2: implementing Bernoulli’s equation and application of Bernoulli’s theorem in estimating various losses in pipes
LO3: studying the various parameters which effects the impact of jet
LO4: studying the characteristics of hydraulic machines

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of coefficient of discharge for given mouthpiece and orifice


2. Determination of coefficient of discharge for given notches(triangular/rectangular)
3. Determination of coefficient of discharge through a given venturi flume.
4. Determination of coefficient of discharge through a given Standing wave flume.
5. Determination of coefficient of discharge for given venture and Orifice meter.
6. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem.
7. Estimation of coefficients of friction and minor losses (sudden enlargement, sudden
contraction and bend).
8. Evaluateflow through Reynold’s apparatus.
9. Estimate the forces caused due to impact of jet on given vanes.
10. Evaluate the characteristics of Francis Turbine
11. Evaluate the characteristics of Pelton Wheel.
12. Evaluate characteristics of Centrifugal Pump.
13. Evaluate the characteristics of Submersible Pump.
14. Evaluate the characteristics of Reciprocating Pump.

Laboratory manual:
1. “Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Department of Civil
Engineering.

Reference Books:
1. N. Kumara Swamy, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory Manual”,Charotar Publishing
House Pvt., Ltd., 1stedn.,2008.
2. Sarbjit Singh, “Experiments in Fluid Mechanics”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 67


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: determine the hydraulic coefficient for various flow measuring devices
CO2: apply Bernoulli’s equation in estimating head losses in pipes
CO3: Interpret the impact of jet on different vanes to determine the coefficient of impact.
CO4: evaluate the characteristics of hydraulic machines

(Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs):

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE407 Hydraulic& Hydraulic Machinery Laboratory


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE407.1 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 1
U18CE407.2 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 1
U18CE407.3 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 1
U18CE407.4 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 1
U18CE407 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 1 2 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 68


U18CE408 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech.IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: identification of different minerals
LO2: identification of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks
LO3: geological maps
LO4: geophysical exploration technique

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Identification of Quartz and Feldspar minerals


2. Identification of rock forming and ceramic minerals
3. Identification of ore forming minerals
4. Identification of Igneous rocks
5. Identification of Sedimentary rocks
6. Identification of Metamorphic rocks
7. Study of geological maps: Out crop completion
8. Study of geological maps: Profile drawing
9. Study of geological maps: Bed thickness determination and structural features
10. Visual Interpretation of Aerial photographs
11 Visual Interpretation of Remote sensing imagery
12. Demonstration of working model for geophysical exploration technique

Laboratory Manual:

1. “Engineering Geology Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of CivilEngineering.


Reference Books:
1. N.Chenna Keshavulu, “Textbook of Engineering Geology”, Macmillan Publishers, New
Delhi, 2ndedition,2009.
2. Parbin Singh, “Engineering and General Geology”, S.K. Kataria and sons, New Delhi,
8thedition,2013.
3. K. V. G. K. Gokhale, “Principles of Engineering Geology”, BS Publications, Hyderabad,
1stedn.,2013.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 69


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: identify properties of different minerals
CO2: classify rocks as igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic based on physical, mineral properties
CO3: interpret ifferent geological maps
CO4: demonstrate geophysical techniques for ground water exploration

Course Articulation Matrix :U18CE408 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LABORATORY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE408.1 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE408.2 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE408.3 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE408.4 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE408 2 - - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 70


U18CE409 SURVEYING FIELD WORK -II

Class: B.Tech. IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on


LO1: measuring the distances and angles by tacheometry
LO2: developing contour maps by tacheometry
LO3: setting out of curves
LO4: using Total station

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of tacheometric constants.


2. Determine the horizontal and vertical distances by stadiatacheometry.
3. Determine gradient of given two inaccessible points by tangentialtacheometry.
4. Plot contour maps of a given area usingtacheometer.
5. Setting out of simple curve using chain andtape.
6. Setting out of simple curve by Rankine’smethod.
7. Setting out of compound curve usingtheodolite.
8. Setting out the foundation trench of abuilding.
9. Determine the lengths and directions of consecutive survey lines using totalstation.
10. Determine area of given a terrain using totalstation.
11. Determine the elevation of the remote object using totalstation.
12. Determine the gradient and distance between two inaccessible points using total
station.

Laboratory Manual:
1. Survey Field Work-II lab Manual, prepared by the faculty of Civil Engineering, KITSW.

Reference Books:
1. B.C. Punmia and Ashok kumar Jain, “Surveying Volume I and II”,Laxmi Publication, Pvt.
Ltd, 16thedn.,2011
2. K.R. Arora, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Standard Book House, 15thedn., 2015.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 71


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: determine the distances and angles using tacheometry
CO2: develop contour maps by tacheometry
CO3: mark out curves using chain, tape and theodolite
CO4: determine distances, angles, gradient and area using total station

Course Articulation Matrix:U18CE407 SURVEYING FIELD WORK –II


CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CE 409.1 2 2 - - - 1 - - 2 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE 409.2 2 2 - - - 1 - - 2 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE 409.3 2 2 - - - 1 - - 2 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE 409.4 2 2 - - 2 1 - - 2 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE409 2 2 - - 2 1 - - 2 1 - 1 2 - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 72


U18MH415 ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONALKNOWLEDGE

Class :B.Tech.IVSemester Branch :Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
2 - - - End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop the student’s knowledge in/on


LO1: basic structure of Indian knowledge system
LO2: Indian perspective of modern science
LO3:basic principles of yoga and holistic health care
LO4: benefits of yoga practice

Unit – I (6)
Basic Structure of Indian Knowledge System: Introduction, Vedas – Origin, Classification,
Structure, Rig Veda, Sama Veda, Yajur Veda, Atharva Veda; Upavedas – Dhanurveda,
Sthapatveda, Gandharvaveda, Ayurveda; Vedang – Shiksha, Chanda, Vyakarna, Nirukta, Kalpa,
Jyothisha; Upanga – Dharmashastra, Mimamsa, Tarkashastra,Purvana.

Unit – II (6)
Modern Science and Indian Knowledge System: Introduction – Vedas as Basis for Modern
Science – Architectural Developments – Medicine and its relevance – Mathematical Sciences in
Vedas – Space and Military related developments – Chemical Sciences
Unit – III (6)
Yoga and Holistic Health Care: Healthy mind in healthy body – Yoga: Definition, types; Yoga to
keep fit: Diet, Yoga Asanas – Fundamentals; Breathing techniques in Patanjali Yogatradition
– Pranayama; chakras; meditation; Benefits of Yoga – Physical Health, Emotional Health,
Prevention of Disease, Reducing or Alleviating Symptoms of Problems

Unit – IV (6)
Case studies – Yoga Practice: Yoga as an effective tool for management of human crisis –
Depression, Self – Concept & Mental health, Yoga for stress management; Yoga : A way to cure for
Insomnia.

Requisite:
Yoga practice sessions are to be conducted for all the students taking this course by the time they
complete Unit 1 and Unit 2.

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 73


Text Books:
1. Sathish Chandra Chaterjee, Dhirendramohan Datta, “An Introduction to Indian
Philosophy”, Rupa Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. (Chapter 2,3)
2. Priyadaranjan Ray, S.N. Sen, “The Cultural Heritage of India”, Vol. 6, Science and
Technology, The Ramakrishna Mission Institute of Culture, Calcutta
3. Yoga Sutra of Patanjali, Ramakrishna Mission, Kolkatta
4. RN Jha, Science of Consciousness Psychotherapy and Yoga Practices, Vidyanidhi
Prakasham Delhi, 2016 (Chapter 4, 5, 6, 7,8)
Reference Books:
1. Swami Jitatmananda, “Holistic Science and Vedanta”, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan Bombay.
(Chapter 2,3)

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…


CO1: summarize the basic structure of Vedas, Upavedas, Vedanga, Upanga
CO2: explain Vedas as principal source of knowledge for scientific inventions
CO3: describe different yogasanas, breathing techniques, chakras, meditation and their benefits
CO4: discuss the benefits of yoga as an effective tool for management of humancrisis

Course Articulation Matrix:U18MH415 ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE

CO Code PO PO PO PO PO PO P O PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18MH415.1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 1 - - - - 2 1
U18MH415.2 - - - - - 1 1 2 1 1 - - - - 2 1
U18MH415.3 - - - - - 1 - 2 2 1 - 2 - - 2 1
U18MH415.4 - - - - - 1 1 2 2 1 - 2 - - 2 1
U18MH415 - - - - - 1 1 2 1.5 1 - 2 - - 2 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 74


U18CH416 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Class: B. Tech. IV-Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation: 40 marks
2 - - 2 End Semester Exam : 60 marks

Course Learning objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on


LO1:necessity to use natural resources more equitably
LO2 :concepts of ecosystem and the importance of biodiversity conservation
LO3 :causes, effects and control measures of various environmental issues
LO4 :issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation

UNIT-I (6)
Introduction - The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies - definition, scope and
importance.
Natural Resources: Forest Resources - Use and over–exploitation of forests, deforestation, timber
extraction, mining, dams - their effects on forests and tribal people; Water Resources - Use and
over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water; Mineral
Resources - Environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources; Agricultural Land -
Land as a resource, land degradation, soil erosion and desertification; Food Resources - World
food problems, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging and
salinity; Energy Resources - Renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy
sources.
UNIT-II (6)
Ecosystem and Biodiversity: Ecosystem - Concepts of an ecosystem, food chain, food webs,
ecological pyramids, energy flow in the ecosystem and ecological succession;
Biodiversity and its Conservation – Introduction, definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity, value of biodiversity, biodiversity in India, hot spots of biodiversity, man-wildlife
conflicts, endangered and endemic species of India, in-situ and ex-situ conservation.

UNIT-III (6)
Environmental Pollution: Global climatic change, green house gases, effects of global warming,
ozone layer depletion; International conventions/protocols - Earth summit, Kyoto protocol and
Montreal protocol; causes and effects of air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution with case
studies; solid and hazardous waste management, effects of urban industrial and nuclear waste;
natural disaster management - flood, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

UNIT-IV (6)
Social Issues and the Environment: Role of Individual and Society - Role of individual in
prevention of pollution, water conservation, Rain water harvesting and watershed management;
Environmental Protection / Control Acts - Air (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act- 1981,

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 75


water (Prevention and Control of Pollution ) Act-1974, water Pollution Cess Act-1977, Forest
conservation Act (1980 and 1992), wildlife Protection Act 1972 and environment protection Act
1986, issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislations;
Human Population and Environment - Population growth, family welfare programmes,
women and child welfare programmes, role of information technology in environment and human
health.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. ErachBharucha, “Text Book of Environmental Studies for Under Graduate Courses (2 ndedn.)”,
Universities Press (India) Private Limited,2013.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Y. Anjaneyulu, “Introduction to Environmental Science”, B.S. Publications,2004.
2. Gilbert M. Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering & Science”,
Prentice Hall of India,Third Edition,1991.
3. AnubhaKaushik, C.P. Kaushik, “Environmental Studies”, 4/e, New AgeInternational Publishers,2014.
4. R.Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies from crisis to cure”, Oxford University Press, Second
Edition,2011.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):


After completion of this Course, the student will be able to…
CO1 : investigate any environmental issue using an interdisciplinary framework
CO2 : formulate an action plan for sustainable alternatives and conserving biodiversity that integrates science,
humanist, social and economic perspective
CO3 : identify and explain the complexity of issues and processes which contribute to an environmental problem
CO4 : participate effectively in analysis and problem-solving through knowledge in
environmental legislations

Course Articulation Matrix : U18CH416 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO


CO/PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
U18CH416.1 2 1 2 1 - 2 1 - 1 - - - 1 - 2 1
U18CH416.2 - - 2 - - 1 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 2 1
U18CH416.3 1 2 1 - - 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 - 2 1
U18CH416.4 - - 1 - - 1 2 - 1 - - - 1 - 2 1
U18CH416 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 - 1.25 1.75 1 1 - - - 1 - 2 1

KITSW-Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. Civil Engineering 4-yearDegreeProgramme Page 76


KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL
(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EVALUATION
V SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH DEGREE PROGRAMME

Periods/week Credits Evaluation Scheme


Sl. No Category Course Code Course Title CIE ESE Total
L T P C
TA MSE Total Marks
1 MC U18MH501 Universal Human Values - II* 2 - - - 10 30 40 60 100
2 PE U18CE502 Professional Elective – I / MOOC-I 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
3 PCC U18CE503 Structural Analysis 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
4 PCC U18CE504 Environmental Engineering 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
5 PCC U18CE505 Soil Mechanics 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
6 PCC U18CE506 Design of Steel Structures 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
7 PCC U18CE507 Environmental Engineering Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
8 PCC U18CE508 Soil Mechanics Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
9 PCC U18CE509 Building Planning and Drawing Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
10 PROJ U18CE510 Seminar - - 2 1 100 - 100 -- 100
Total 17 - 8 19 280 180 460 540 1000
Additional Learning*:Maximum credits allowed for Honours/Minor - - - 7 - - - - -
Total credits for Honours/Minor students: 19+7
• List of courses for additional learning through MOOCs towards Honours/Minor in Engineering shall be prescribed by the department under
Honours/ Minor Curricula
[L= Lecture, T = Tutorials, P = Practical’s & C = Total Contact Periods/Week: 25
Credits]

Professional Elective-I/MOOC-I:
U18CE502A: Advanced Concrete Technology
U18CE502B: Advanced Surveying
U18CE502C: Water shed Management
U18CE502M: MOOCs

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 80


U18MH501 UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES – II

Class: B.Tech. V– Semester Branch(s): CE, EIE, EEE, ECE & ECI

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
2 - - - End Semester Examination 60 marks
Pre

* Pre-requisite: U18MH111 Universal Human Values - I (Induction Programme)

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: self-exploration, happiness and prosperity as the process of value education
LO2: harmony in the human being - self & family
LO3: co-existence of human being with society & nature
LO4: professional ethics, commitment and courage to act

UNIT – I (6)
Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education:
Purpose and motivation for the course, Recapitulation from Universal Human Values - I(Induction
programme)
Self-Exploration: Its content and process, Natural acceptance and experiential validation
– As the process for self-exploration
Continuous Happiness and Prosperity: A look at basic human aspirations, Right
understanding, Relationship and physical facility - The basic requirement for fulfillment
of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly: A critical appraisal of the current
scenario, Method to fulfill the above human aspirations - Understanding and living in
harmony at various levels
UNIT – II (6)
Understanding Harmony in the Human Being- Harmony in Myself & Family:
Harmony in Myself: Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and
the material ‘Body’, Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Happiness and
physical facility; Understanding the ‘Body’ as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer
and enjoyer), Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’,
Understanding the harmony of ‘I’ with the ‘Body’ - Sanyam and Health; Correct appraisal
of physical needs, Meaning of prosperity in detail, Programs to ensure Sanyam and
Health
Harmony in Family: Understanding values in human - Human relationship; Meaning of
justice (Nine universal values in relationships), Program for its fulfillment to ensure
mutual happiness, Trust and respect as the foundational values of relationship,

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 81


Understanding the meaning of trust, Difference between intention and competence;
Understanding the meaning of respect, Difference between respect and differentiation,
The other salient values in relationship
UNIT – III (6)
Understanding Harmony with Society, Nature & Existence:
Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family):
Resolution, Prosperity, Fearlessness (trust) and Co-existence as comprehensive human
goals, Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society – Undivided society; Universal
order - From family to world family
Understanding the harmony in the nature: Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment
among the four orders of nature - Recyclability and self-regulation in nature
Whole Existence as Co-existence: Understanding existence as co-existence of mutually
interacting units in all-pervasive space, Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of
existence
UNIT – IV (6)
Implications of Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics:
Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of ethical human conduct, Basis for
Humanistic education, Humanistic constitution and Humanistic universal order
Competence in professional ethics: a) Ability to utilize the professional competence for
augmenting universal human order b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of
people friendly and eco-friendly production systems and c) Ability to identify and
develop appropriate technologies and management patterns for above production
systems
Case studies: Case studies of typical holistic technologies, Management models and
production systems, Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal human
order – a) At the level of individual: As socially and ecologically responsible engineers,
technologists and managers b) At the level of society: As mutually enriching institutions
and organizations

Text Book:
[1] R .R. Gaur, R. Sangal and G. P. Bagaria, Human Values and Professional Ethics, New Delhi: Excel
Books, 2010.
Reference Books:
[1] A. Nagaraj, JeevanVidya: EkParichaya, Raipur: JeevanVidyaPrakashan, Amarkantak, 2018.
[2] A.N. Tripathi, Human Values, 3rd ed. New Delhi: New Age International Publisher, 2019.
[3] M. Govindrajran, S. Natrajan& V.S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics (includes Human
Values), 12th ed. Haryana: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
[4] Jayshree Suresh, B. S. Raghavan, Human Values & Professional Ethics, 4th ed. New Delhi: S. Chand &
Co. Ltd., 2012.
Ad Additional Resources:
[1] R.R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human Values and professional Ethics (Teacher’s
Manual), New Delhi: Excel books, 2010.
[2] A set of DVDs containing - Video of Teachers’ Orientation Program - PPTs of Lectures
and Practice Sessions (Audio-visual material for use in the practice sessions)

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 82


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: interpret the importance of continuous happiness & prosperity through self exploration and
imbibe skills to examine harmony
CO2: appraise the concept of sentience, distinguish between intention & competence and prioritize
human values in relationships
CO3: build fearlessness & co-existence as comprehensive human goal and agree upon interconnectedness
& mutual fulfillment
CO4: assess the understanding of harmony, adapt professional ethics and take part in augmenting universal
human order

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM):U18MH501 UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES - II


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18MH501.1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 1 - 2 - - 1 1
CO2 U18MH501.2 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 1 - 2 - - 1 1
CO3 U18MH501.3 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 1 - 2 - - 1 1
CO4 U18MH501.4 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 1 - 2 - - 1 1
U18MH501 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 1 - 2 - - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 83


U18CE502A ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

Class: B.Tech. V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in...
LO1: behaviour of admixtures and aggregates in concrete
LO2: methods of proportioning of concrete and special concretes
LO3: high-performance concrete, self curing and self compacting concretes
LO4: quality control and non-destructive testing methods of concrete

UNIT-I (9)
Cement and Admixtures: Chemical composition, Bogue’s compounds, Heat of hydration, Influence of
compound composition on properties of cement, Mineral and Chemical admixtures, Relevant IS codal
specifications
Aggregates: Classification of aggregates, Particle shape, Texture, Gradation, Fineness modulus,
Grading curves, Gap graded aggregates, Combined grading, Alkali aggregate reaction, Alkali silica
reaction, Soundness of aggregate, Recycled aggregates, Relevant IS codal specifications

UNIT-II (9)
Proportioning of Concrete: EntroyShaklok method, Particle packing theory, Nan-Su method for self
compacting concrete
Special Concretes: Self compacting concrete, Light weight concrete, Cellular concrete, Geopolymer
concrete, Fibre reinforced concrete, Uses and applications

UNIT-III (9)
High Performance Concrete: High performance concrete in fresh and hardened state, Durability,
Carbonation test, Chloride potential test, Half cell potentiometer test, Fire damage assessment
Self Curing and Self Compacting Concrete: Need and development of self curing and self compacting
concrete, Admixtures and aggregates, EFNARC specifications for self compacting concrete,
Applications of self curing and self compacting concrete, Tests on self compacting concrete
UNIT-IV (9)
Quality Control of Concrete: Quality assurance, Quality control, Quality management and quality
audit-statistical quality control, Acceptance criteria, IS codal provisions

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 84


Non-Destructive Testing: Strength assessment, Rebound hammer test, Ultra sonic pulse velocity test,
Validate with core sampling and testing

Text Books:
[1] A.M. Neville, Properties of Concrete, 4th ed. Longman House, United Kingdom: English Language, Book
society, 2015. (Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12)
[2] Ken W. Day, James Aldred, Barry Hudson, Concrete Mix Design, Quality Control and Specifications,
3rd ed. Florida: CRC Press (Taylor and Francis group), 2016. (Chapters 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10 and 11)
Reference Books:
[1] M. S. Shetty, Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice), 7th ed. New Delhi: S. Chand Company, 2014.
[2] M.L. Ghambir, Concrete Technology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2016.
[3] R.N. Raikar, Diagnosis and treatment of structures in distress, 4th ed. Mumbai: R and D Centre of Structural
Designers and Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 1994.
[4] BIS, IS 10262: 2019, Concrete Mix Proportioning Guidelines, 2nd revision, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards,
2019.
[5] BIS, IS 383: 2019,Coarse and Fine Aggregate for Concrete, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards, 2019.
[6] BIS, IS 456: 2000 Plain and Reinforced Concrete- Code of Practice, 5th amendment, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian
Standards, 2019.
[7] EFNARC, Specifications and Guidelines for Self Compacting Concrete, Norfolk, UK: EFNARC, 2002.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: interpret the behaviour of cement and gradation of aggregates
CO2: design concrete mixes using suitable methods and discuss applications of special concretes
CO3: categorize high performance, self curing and self compacting concretes
CO4: apply quality control and NDT methods for strength assessment

Course Articulation Matrix(CAM) : U18PE502A ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY


CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE502A.1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE502A.2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO3 U18CE502A.3 1 - - 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE502A.4 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1

U18CE502A 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 85


U18CE502B ADVANCED SURVEYING

Class: B.Tech. V– Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: soundings, stream measurements and tunnel alignment
LO2: GIS concepts and representation of data models
LO3: concepts, methodologies and applications of Remote Sensing and digital image processing
LO4: working principles of GPS and DGPS

UNIT-I (9)
Hydrograph Surveying: Introduction, Uses, Shore line survey, Sounding equipment, Methods of
locating soundings, Stream measurements
Mine Surveying: Objectives, Equipment for mine survey, Measurement of distance and difference in
elevation, Tunnel alignment and setting out
UNIT-II (9)
Geographical Information System(GIS): Introduction, GIS architecture, Components of GIS, Accuracy
in GIS, Data exploration and thematic layering, Levels of measurement in GIS, Applications of GIS,
Geographic visualization, Query languages, Guidelines for the preparation of GIS
Data Models: GIS - data models, Types, Spatial data models, Vector and raster data structures,
Advantages and disadvantages, Attribute data models, Digital Elevation Model (DEM), Applications of
DEM, Data structure for continuous surface model, Functions of GIS

UNIT-III (9)
Remote Sensing: Principles of remote sensing, Components, Elements, Characteristics of Electro
Magnetic Radiation(EMR), Transmission path, Types of remote sensing, Platforms, Thermal Infrared
remote sensing and its applications, Scanners and sensors, Resolution, Elements of visual interpretation
Digital Image Processing: Pre-processing, Image Enhancement, Image transformations, Image
classification and analysis, Data integration and analysis, Remote sensing in India

UNIT-IV (9)
Global Positioning System (GPS): Overview, GLONASS system, GALILEO system, Space segment,
Operational control segment, User equipment segment, Principle of position determination via satellite
generated ranging signals, Error sources
Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS): Principle, working with DGPS, GPS surveying
techniques, Indian coordinate system for using GPS, Uses and applications

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 86


Text Books:
[1] SatheeshGopi, R. Sathikumar and N. Madhu, Advanced Surveying, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education,
2017. (Chapters 1, 2, 3, 7 and 14)
[2] S. K. Duggal, Surveying Vol. II, 4th ed. New Delhi: McGraw Hill Education, 2017. (Chapters 4 and 9)

Reference Books:
[1] B.C. Punmia,Surveying Vol. II, 17th ed. New Delhi: Laxmi publications, 2016.
[2] R. Subramanian, Surveying and Levelling, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2007.
[3] K.R. Arora, Surveying Vol.II, 15th ed. New Delhi: Rajsons publications, 2018.
[4] http://civil.iisc.ernet.in/~nagesh/rs_gis.htm.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: interpret soundings, stream measurements and tunnel alignment
CO2: utilise GIS concepts and interpret data using data models
CO3: analyze methodologies of remote sensing, applications of remote sensing and process of digital imaging
CO4: summarize the working principles of GPS and DGPS

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE502B ADVANCED SURVEYING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE502B.1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO2 U18CE502B.2 1 - - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO3 U18CE502B.3 1 - - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO4 U18CE502B.4 1 - - - 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

U18CE502B 1 - - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 87


U18CE502C WATERSHED MANAGEMENT

Class: B.Tech. V– Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: characteristics of watershed and soil erosion
LO2: participatory rural appraisal and erosion control measures
LO3: water conservation, harvesting and ground water management
LO4: ecosystem and grassland management

UNIT-I (9)
Watershed Concepts: Objectives, Need for watershed development, Characteristics of watershed- Size,
Shape, Physiographic, Slope, Climate, Drainage, Land use, Vegetation, Geology and Soils, Hydrology,
Hydrogeology and Socioeconomic; Watershed management
Soil Erosion: Basic processes, Factors affecting soil erosion, Land capability classification
UNIT-II (9)
Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA): Basic principles, Assumptions, Important types, Benefits,
Tools, Maps and Models of PRA programmes
Erosion Control Measures: Contour cultivation, Contour bunding, Graded bunds, Bench
terracing, Grassed water ways, Mechanical erosion control measures for non-agricultural land,
Contour trenching, Gully control measures, Vegetative control measures, Check dams, Brush
dams, Semi permanent gully, Control structures

UNIT-III (9)
Water Conservation and Harvesting: Rainwater harvesting, Catchment harvesting, Harvesting
structures, Soil moisture conservation, Check dams, Artificial recharge, Farm ponds, Percolation tanks,
Groundwater
Management in Watershed: Types of aquifers, Vertical distribution of groundwater, Conjunctive use
of surface and use of groundwater
UNIT-IV (9)
Ecosystem Management: Role of ecosystem, Crop husbandry, Soil enrichment, Inter mixed and strip-
cropping, Cropping pattern, Sustainable agriculture, Bio-mass management, Dry land agriculture,
Silvopasture, Horticulture, Social forestry and afforestation

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 88


Grassland Management: Joint forestry management monitoring and evolution of watershed, Planning
of watershed management activities, Preparation of action plan, Administrative requirements

Text Book:
[1] J. V. S. Murthy, Watershed Management, 5th ed. New Delhi: New Age International Publishers, 2014.

Reference Books:
[1] R. A wurbs and W. P. James, Water Resource Engineering, London: Prentice Hall Publishers, 2015..
[2] V. V. N. Murthy, Land and Water Management, 6th ed. New Delhi: Kalyani Publications, 2011.
[3] Rajesh Rajora, Integrated Watershed Management, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Rawat publications, 2019.
[4] D. K. Majumdar, Irrigation and Water Management, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Printice Hall of India, 2005.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: identify characteristics of watershed & the factors affecting soil erosion
CO2: investigate participatory rural appraisal methods and apply different erosion control measures for agricultural &
non-agricultural lands
CO3: summarize water conservation, harvesting & ground water management methods
CO4: develop action plan for ecosystem management & watershed management

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE502C WATERSHED MANAGEMENT


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE502C.1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO2 U18CE502C.2 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO3 U18CE502C.3 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE502C.4 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 - 1
U18CE502C 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 89


U18CE503 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Class: B.Tech. V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: compatibility, equilibrium equations and analysis of indeterminate structures usingslope deflection method
LO2: distribution of internal forces at joints using moment distribution method
LO3: internal forces using Kani’s method & approximate analysis of tall structures
LO4: variation of internal forces in a structural member using conventional method and influence line diagram for moving
loads

UNIT-I (9)
Slope Deflection Method for Beams: Development of slope-deflection equations, Sign convention,
Analysis of continuous beams with and without sinking of supports, Construction of bending moment
diagram and shear force diagrams
Slope Deflection Method for Frames: Rectangular portal frames with and without side sway for single
bay single storey
UNIT-II (9)
Moment Distribution Method for Beams: Distribution and carry over factors, Analysis of continuous
beams with and without sinking of supports
Moment Distribution Method for Frames: Rectangular portal frames with and without side sway for
single bay single storey
UNIT-III (9)
Kani’s Method: Analysis of statically indeterminate beams with and without sinking of supports
Approximate Methods: Approximate analysis of frames using portal method and cantilever method
UNIT-IV (9)
Moving Loads: Maximum bending moment and shear force diagrams for simple beams traversed by
single point load, A pair of point loads, Uniformly distributed load shorter and longer than the span,
Series of point loads, Absolute maximum bending moment and shear force, Enveloping parabola and
equivalent udl
Influence Line Diagrams: Influence line diagram for support reaction, Bending moment and shear
force for simple and over hanging beams, Influence line diagrams for stresses in members for through
type bridge trusses

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 90


Text Book:
[1] S. Ramamruthamand R. Narayan, Theory of Structures, 9th ed. New Delhi: DhanpatRai Publications, 2014.

Reference Books:
[1] B. C. Punmia and A. K. Jain, Theory of Structures, 13th ed. New Delhi: Laxmi Publications, 2005.
[2] C.S. Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, 19th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
[3] C. K. Wang, Indeterminate Structural Analysis, 5th ed. New Delhi: McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
[4] Sujit Kumar Roy and SubrataChakrabarty, Fundamentals of structural analysis with computer analysis and
applications, revised ed. New Delhi: S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2012.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: develop compatibility and equilibrium equations for the analysis of indeterminate structures
CO2:evaluate the distribution of forces at joints, bending moment and shear force diagrams for indeterminate structures
CO3: analyze the structures using Kani’s method & tall structures using approximate analysis
CO4: determine the variation of internal forces in structural members for moving loads

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE503 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE503.1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO2 U18CE503.2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO3 U18CE503.3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO4 U18CE503.4 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

U18CE503 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 91


U18CE504 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech. V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: quantity and quality aspects of water
LO2: procedures in water treatment and distribution
LO3: sewage analysis and hydraulic design of sewers
LO4: primary and secondary treatment methods of sewage

UNIT – I (9)
Water Demand: Classification of sources of water supply, Choice of source, Types of water demand,
Per capita demand, Factors affecting per-capita demand, Factors affecting water losses, Fluctuations
in water demand and its effects on water supply scheme, Design period, Population forecasting
methods, Fire demand
Water Quality: Physical, Chemical and biological characteristics of water quality, Waterborne
diseases and their control, Quality standards for municipal supplies
UNIT – II (9)
Purification of Water: Water treatment, Screening, Plain sedimentation, Sedimentation aided
with coagulation, Filtration, Disinfection, Softening, Aeration
Distribution System: General requirements, Layouts of distribution networks, Methods of supply,
Systems of supply, Distribution reservoirs, Types, Functions, Storage capacity of distribution
reservoirs, Design of distribution networks, Appurtenances in distribution system
UNIT – III (9)
Sewage Characteristics: Physical, Chemical and Biological characteristics of sewage, Analysis of
sewage, Bio-chemical oxygen demand and dissolved oxygen profile processes and kinetics
involved, Sewerage systems, Merits and demerits, Estimation of dry weather flow, Estimation of
storm water flow
Sewer and Sewer Appurtenances: Hydraulic design of sewer, Hydraulic formulae for design of
sewers, Minimum and maximum velocity of flow, Materials, Joints, Shapes, Sewer appurtenances
UNIT – IV (9)
Sewage Treatment: Process flow diagram, Primary treatment, Theory and design of screens, Grit
chamber, Skimming tanks, Sedimentation tanks

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 92


Secondary Treatment of Sewage: Activated sludge process, Sewage filtration, Oxidation ditch,
Oxidation ponds, Aerated lagoons, Rotating biological contactors, Treatment and disposal of
sludge, On-site disposal methods (land and water body)

Text Books:
[1] P.N. Modi, Water supply Engineering-Environmental Engineering–I, 5th ed. New Delhi: Standard Book
House, 2016. (Chapters 1, 2, 6, 8, 9 and 10)
[2] P.N. Modi, Sewage Treatment and Disposal – Environmental Engineering-II,5th ed. New Delhi: Standard
Book House, 2015. (Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 14 and 17)
Reference Books:
[1] Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rower and George Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, New Delhi:
McGraw-Hill International Edition, 2014.
[2] B.C. Punmia, A.K. Jain, A.K.Jain, Water supply Engineering-Environmental Engineering–I, 2nd ed. New
Delhi: Laxmi Publications, 2016.
[3] B.C. Punmia, A.K. Jain, A.K.Jain, Waste water Engineering-Environmental Engineering–II, 2nd ed. New
Delhi: Laxmi Publications, 2016.
[4] The Expert Committee, CPHEEO Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Ministry of
Urban Development, Govt. of India, 1999.
[5] The Expert Committee, CPHEEO, Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, 3rd ed. New Delhi:
Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India, 2013.
[6] Metcalf and Eddy, Waste Water Engineering: Treatment and Reuse, New Delhi: McGraw-Hill Edition, 2017.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this Course, students will be able to…
CO1: analyze problems related to water quality and quantity
CO2: apply methods for purification of water and design water distribution systems
CO3: analyze and design the sewage systems
CO4: apply methods for purification and disposal of sewage

Course Articulation Matrix(CAM):U18CE504 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE504.1 1 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO2 U18CE504.2 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO3 U18CE504.3 1 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE504.4 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
U18CE504 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 93


U18CE505 SOIL MECHANICS

Class: B.Tech. V– Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…


LO1: soil properties and effective stress principle
LO2: permeability and seepage analysis
LO3: compaction and consolidation mechanisms
LO4: stress distribution methods and shear strength parameters

UNIT-I (9)
Basic Properties and Classification of Soils: Soil formation, Soil structure, Phase diagrams, Water
content, Specific gravity, Void ratio, Porosity, Degree of saturation, Density, Mass, Weight, Volume
relationships, Relative density, Sieve analysis, Grain size distribution curves, Atterberg limits, Stoke’s
law and its limitations, Hydrometer analysis, IS classification, Field identification, Consistency index,
Activity, Thixotrophy, Sensitivity
Effective Stress: Soil water classification, Effective stress principle, Total, Effective, Neutral stresses,
Hydrostatic condition
UNIT – II (9)
Permeability: Darcy‘s law and its limitations, Determination of coefficient of permeability, Coefficient
of permeability for different soils, Factors affecting permeability of soils, Permeability of stratified soils
Seepage Analysis: Seepage force, Hydrodynamic conditions, Critical hydraulic gradient, Quicksand
condition, Characteristics of flow net, Construction of flow net, Uses of flow net, Flow net for
anisotropic soils
UNIT –III (9)
Compaction: Introduction, Proctor’s compaction test, Zero air voids curve, Saturation line, Factors
affecting compaction, Effect of compaction on soil properties, Field compaction, Relative compaction
Consolidation: Mechanism of consolidation, Characteristic compression curves, Consolidation
parameters, Normal, Under and over consolidated clays, Terzaghi’s one dimensional consolidation
theory, Assumptions, Derivation, Determination of coefficient of consolidation, Magnitude and rate of
consolidation settlements
UNIT –IV (9)
Stress Distribution: Boussinesq equation for point, Line, Circular and rectangular loads, Westergaard’s
analysis for point load, Concept and use of pressure bulb, Construction and use of Newmark’s
influence chart, Approximate methods, Contact pressure distribution under rigid and flexible footings
in sand and clay

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 94


Shear Strength: Introduction to normal and shear stresses, Mohr’s circle, Characteristics of Mohr’s
circle, Mohr-Coulomb theory, Revised Mohr-Coulomb equation, Direct shear test, Unconfined
compression test, Vane shear test, Triaxial test, Consolidated drained, Consolidated undrained and
unconsolidated undrained shear tests, Factors affecting the shear strength of clays and sands, Critical
void ratio, Liquefaction

Text Book:

[1] K. R. Arora, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, 9th ed. New Delhi: Standard Publishers,
2013.

Reference Books:

[1] GopalRanjan and A.S.R. Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Revised 3rd ed. New Delhi: New
Age International Publishers, 2016.
[2] B.C. Punmia, Er. Ashok K. Jain, Arun K. Jain, Soil Mechanics and Foundations, 17th ed. New
Delhi: Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2017.
[3] C. Venkatramaiah, Geotechnical Engineering, 6th ed. New Delhi: New Age Publications, 2018.
[4] T. W. Lambe and Whiteman, Soil Mechanics, New Delhi: New Age Publications, 2017.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: analyze soils and apply the principle of effective stress
CO2: estimate coefficient of permeability using Darcy’s equation and seepage analysis
CO3: analyze compaction and consolidation mechanisms
CO4: evaluate vertical stresses and shear strength parameters of soil

Course Articulation Matrix(CAM):U18CE505 SOIL MECHANICS


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE505.1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE505.2 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18CE505.3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE505.4 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
U18CE505 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 95


U18CE506 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

Class: B.Tech. V– Semester Branch: Civil Engineering(CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: philosophies of steel design and bolted connections
LO2: design of tension and compression members
LO3: behaviour of flexural members and column bases
LO4: types of bolted and welded connections

UNIT–I (9)

Principles of Limit State Design: Types of structural steel, Advantages, Design philosophies-Working
stress, Limit state, Ultimate load methods, Ultimate and serviceability limit states, Loads and load
combinations, Partial safety factors
Bolted Connections: Types of bolted connections, Lap and butt connection, Assumptions made in
analysis, Failure of bolted connections, Efficiency of joints and Strength of plate connections

UNIT – II (9)
Tension Members: Types of tension members, Behavior of tension members, Net sectional area,
Analysis of tension members, Sectional efficiency, Design of tension members, Splices in tension
members
Compression Members: Types of column sections, Behavior of compression member, Classification of
cross sections, Slenderness for flexural bulking, Design considerations, Analysis and Design of
compression member, Design of built-up compression member

UNIT – III (9)


Flexural Members: Types of sections for beams, Behavior of beams in flexure, Classification of beam
cross sections, Plastic moment carrying capacity of section, Stability of beams, Failure modes, Design
criteria for beams, Effective span of beams, Design moment and shear strength, Built up beam sections
Column Bases: Design of slab base, Gusseted base and Grillage foundation

UNIT – IV (9)
Eccentric Connections: Beam – Column Connections, Bolted Framed connections, Un-Stiffened and
Stiffened seat connections, Bolted bracket connections

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 96


Welded Connections: Welding, Methods of welding, Types of welded joints, Specifications for fillet
welded joints, Strength of fillet welds, Stresses due to individual forces, Combination of stresses,
Design of joint

Text Book:
[1] S. S. Bhavikatti, Design of Steel Structures: By Limit State Method as Per IS: 800-2007, 3rd ed. New Delhi:
International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2012.
Reference Books:
[1] N. Subramanian, Design of Steel Structures: By Limit State Method as Per IS: 800-2007, 5thed. New
Delhi:Oxford University Press, 2018.
[2] M.L. Gambhir, Fundamentals of Structural steel design, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.
[3] S.K. Duggal, Limit state design of steel structures, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2014.
[4] BIS, IS 800:2007 General construction in steel - Code of practice, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Bureau of Indian
standards, 2007. (permitted for examination)
[5] BIS, SP: 6 (1-7) Handbook for structural engineers, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian standards, 1980.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: distinguish design philosophies in steel structures and analyzebolted connections
CO2: design different types of steel sections subjected to tension & compression
CO3: determine the design capacity of steel flexural members & column bases
CO4: evaluate the strength of eccentric bolted & welded connections

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE506 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE506.1 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
CO2 U18CE506.2 1 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
CO3 U18CE506.3 1 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
CO4 U18CE506.4 1 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
U18CE506 1 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 97


U18CE507 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech.V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- – 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: physical analysis of water
LO2: chemical analysis of water
LO3: optimum coagulant dosage for effective sedimentation
LO4: determination of dissolved oxygen of water

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of pH and Alkalinity of water sample
2. Determination of Acidity of water sample
3. Determination of Total Solids, Total dissolved solids and Suspended solids of water sample
4. Determination of Conductivity of water sample
5. Determination of Temporary and Permanent Hardness of water sample
6. Determination of Optimum Coagulant dosage of water sample using Jar test
7. Determination of Chloride content of water sample
8. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen of water sample
9. Determination of Biological Oxygen Demand of water sample
10. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand of water sample
11. Determination of Break-point Chlorination
12. Determination of Sulphates

Laboratory Manual:
[1] Environmental Engineering Laboratory Manual, prepared by the faculty of Civil Engineering Department,
KITSW.

Reference Books:
[1] B. Kotaiah and Dr. N. Kumara Swamy, Environmental Engineering Laboratory Manual, Anand city: Charotar
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2007.
[2] P. N. Modi, Water supply Engineering- Environmental Engineering –I, 5th ed. New Delhi: Standard
Book House, 2013.
[3] P. N. Modi, Sewage Treatment and Disposal – Environmental Engineering-II, 5th ed. New Delhi: Standard
Book House, 2013.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 98


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this Course, students will be able to…
CO1: assess the quality of water for suspended matter
CO2: evaluate hardness and chloride content of the water samples
CO3: estimate dissolved oxygen concentration in water sample
CO4: determine the concentration of degradable organic matter

Course Articulation Matrix(CAM):U18CE507 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE507.1 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO2 U18CE507.2 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO3 U18CE507.3 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE507.4 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1
U18CE507 1 - - - - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 99


U18CE508 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: IS classification of soils
LO2: determination of engineering properties of soils
LO3: evaluation of shear strength parameters of soils
LO4:field testing for safe bearing capacity and shear strength

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Consistency Limits:


( a) Liquid limit (b) Plastic limit (c) Shrinkage limit
2. Classification of Coarse Grained Soil through Sieve Analysis
3. Determination of In-situ Density by
a) Core cutter method b) Sand replacement method
4. Determination of OMC and Maximum Dry Density using
a) IS light compaction test b) IS heavy compaction test
5. Determination of Coefficient of Permeability using
a) Constant head method b) Falling head method
6. Determination of Coefficient of Consolidation
7. Determination of Shear Strength Parameters using Direct Shear test
8. Determination of undrained cohesion using unconfined compression Test
9. Determination of Specific Gravity of Solids
10. Demonstration of Hydrometer Analysis for Fine Grained Soil
11. Demonstration of Standard penetration test
12. Demonstration of (a) Vane shear test (b)Tri-Axial Shear test
13. Demonstration of Plate load test

Laboratory Manual:
1. Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory Manual, prepared by faculty of Civil Engineering Department, KITSW.
Reference Books:
1. B. M. Das, Soil Mechanics Laboratory Manual, 9th ed. New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2015.
2. SP 36 (Part - I): Compendium of Indian Standards on Soil Engineering, New Delhi, Bureau of Indian
Standards, 1987.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 100


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: classify the soil using IS classification system
CO2: determine the engineering properties of soil
CO3: evaluate shear strength parameters
CO4: interpret soils through field tests

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM):U18CE508 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE508.1 1 - - 1 - 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 - - 1 1
CO2 U18CE508.2 1 - - 1 - 1 1 - 2 1 1 1 - - 1 1
CO3 U18CE508.3 1 - - 1 - 1 - - 2 1 2 1 - - 1 1
CO4 U18CE508.4 2 - - 1 1 1 - - 2 1 2 1 - - 1 1
U18CE508 1.25 - - 1 1 1 1.5 1 2 1 1.5 1 - - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 101


U18CE509 BUILDING PLANNING AND DRAWING LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: functional planning of building and conventional signs
LO2: different types of doors, windows and stair cases
LO3: developing plan, section and elevation of buildings using AutoCAD
LO4: develop a 3D plan from floor plan

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Introduction to Building Planning as per NBC recommendations


2. Description of Building components as per NBC recommendation
3. Introduction to AutoCAD, practice drawing and modify commands in AutoCAD
4. Drawing Conventional signs in AutoCAD
5. Planning of space from Line diagram and development of plan, section and elevation
6. Drawings of Various types of doors, windows
7. Plan and Section of Dog-Legged staircase, Open Well Staircase and Spiral Staircase using AutoCAD
8. Plan, section and elevation of a residential building with restricted/unrestricted plinth area
9. Plan, section and elevation of a school building
10. Plan, section and elevation of a primary health centre
11. Development of site layout with restricted area for required amenities
12. Plan of a Dream house/Duplex house
13. Floor plan of a Residential Complex/Apartment
14. Development of a floor plan into 3D building

Laboratory Manual:
[1] Computer Aided Building Drawing Laboratory Manual,prepared by faculty of Civil Engineering Department,
KITSW.
Reference Books:
[1] Bureau of Indian Standards, National Building Code of India, 2nd revision, New Delhi: BIS, 2016.
[2] M. G. Shah, C. M. Kale, S. Y. Patki, Building Drawing: With an Integrated Approach to Built Environment, New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Book Company Limited, 2002.
[3] T. Jeyapoovan, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Using Autocad, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing,
2016.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 102


Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

On completion of this course, students will be able to…


CO1: illustrate conventional signs and functional planning of buildings
CO2: distinguish types of doors, windows and staircases
CO3: create plan, section and elevation of buildings using AutoCAD
CO4: develop floor plan into 3D building plan

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE509 Building Planning And Drawing Laboratory
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE509.1 1 - - - 1 - - 1 - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE509.2 1 - - - 1 - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18CE509.3 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE509.4 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 1
U18CE509 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 103


U18CE510 SEMINAR

Class:B.Tech.V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 100 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Examination -

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: selecting topic, referring to peer reviewed journals / technical magazines / conference proceedings
LO2: literature review and well-documented report writing
LO3: creating PPTs and effective technical presentation
LO4: preparing a technical paper in scientific journal style & format

Student has to give independent seminar on the state-of-the-art technical topics relevant to their program of
study, which would supplement and complement the program assigned to each student.

Guidelines:
1. The HoD shall constitute a Department Seminar Evaluation Committee (DSEC)
2. DSEC shall allot a faculty supervisor to each student for guiding on (i) selection of topic (ii) literature
survey and work to be carried out (iii) preparing a report in proper format and (iv) effective seminar
presentation
3. There shall be only Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) for seminar
4. The CIE for seminar is as follows:

Assessment Weightage
Seminar Supervisor Assessment 20%
Seminar Report 30%
Seminar Paper 20%
DSEC Assessment: Oral presentation with PPT andviva-voce 30%
Total Weightage: 100%
Note: It is mandatory for the student to appear for oral presentation and viva-voce to
qualify for course evaluation

(a) Seminar Topic: The topic should be interesting and conducive to discussion. Topics may be found by
looking through recent issues of peer reviewed Journals / Technical Magazines on the topics of
potential interest
(b) Report: Each student is required to submit a well-documented report on the chosen seminar topic as
per the format specified byDSEC.
(c) Anti-Plagiarism Check: The seminar report should clear plagiarism check as per the Anti-Plagiarism
policy of the institute.
(d) Presentation: Each student should prepare PPT with informative slides and make an effective oral
presentation before the DSEC as per the schedule notified by thedepartment

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 104


(e) The student has to register for the Seminar as supplementary examination in the following cases:
i) he/she is absent for oral presentation and viva-voce
ii) he/she fails to submit the report in prescribed format
iii) he/she fails to fulfill the requirements of seminar evaluation as per specified guidelines
(f) i) The CoE shall send a list of students registered for supplementary to the HoD
concerned
ii) The DSEC, duly constituted by the HoD, shall conduct seminar evaluation and send the award list
to the CoE within the stipulated time

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: select current topics in their engineering discipline & allied areas from peer reviewed journals / technical
magazines/ conference proceedings
CO2: demonstrate the skills for performing literature survey, identify gaps, analyze the technical content and
prepare a well-documented seminar report
CO3: create informative PPT and demonstrate communication skills through effective oral presentation showing
knowledge on the subject & sensitivity towards social impact of the seminar topic
CO4: write a “seminar paper” in scientific journal style & format from the prepared seminar report

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM):U18CE510SEMINAR


CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE510.1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
CO2 U18CE510.2 1 1 - - - - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 U18CE510.3 - - - - - - 1 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE510.4 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1
U18CE510 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 105


KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL
(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EVALUATION
VI SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH DEGREE PROGRAMME

Periods/week Credits Evaluation Scheme


Sl. No Category Course Code Course Title CIE Total
L T P C ESE
TA MSE Total Marks
1 HSMC U18TP601
Quantitative Aptitude & Logical Reasoning 2 - - 1 10 30 40 60 100
2 HSMC U18MH602
Management Economics and Accountancy 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
3 PE U18CE603
Professional Elective – II / MOOC -II 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
4 PCC U18CE604
Estimation and Valuation 1 2 - 3 10 30 40 60 100
Hydrology and Water Resources
5 PCC U18CE605 3 1 - 4 10 30 40 60 100
Engineering
6 PCC U18CE606 Construction Management and Equipment 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
Object Oriented Programming through
7 ESC U18IT611 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
JAVA
8 PCC U18CE607 Structural Engineering Detailing Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
9 ESC U18IT612 JAVA Programming Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
10 PROJ U18CE608 Mini Project - - 2 1 100 - 100 -- 100
Total 18 3 6 23 250 210 460 540 1000
Additional Learning*:Maximum credits allowed for Honours/Minor - - - 7 - - - - -
Total credits for Honours/Minor students: - - - 23+7 - - - - -

[L= Lecture, T = Tutorials, P = Practical’s & C = Total Contact Periods/Week: 27


Credits]

Professional Elective-II / MOOC-II:


U18CE603A: Advanced Analysis of Structures
U18CE603B: Ground Improvement Techniques
U18CE603C: Advanced Environmental Engineering
U18CE603M: MOOCs

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 106


U18TP601 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE AND LOGICAL REASONING

Class: B.Tech VI - Semester Branch(s): CE, EIE, EEE, ECE, ECI

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme :

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


2 - - 1 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: quantitative aptitude & problem solving skills
LO2: computing abstract quantitative information
LO3: application of basic mathematics skills & critical thinking to draw conclusions
LO4: evaluating the validity & possible biases in arguments presented in authentic contexts

UNIT - I (6)
Quantitative Aptitude-I: Number system, Averages, Percentages, Ratios & proportions, Time, Speed &
distance, Time and work, Data interpretation

UNIT - II (6)
Quantitative Aptitude-II: Simple Interest, Compound Interest, Profit & loss, Ages, Permutations &
Combinations, Probability

UNIT - III (6)


Logical Reasoning-I: Series completion, Analogy, Coding and decoding, Blood relations, Number,
Ranking & Time sequence test, Linear & Circular arrangements

UNIT - IV (6)
Logical Reasoning-II: Data sufficiency, Logical Venn diagram, Syllogisms, Statement & Arguments,
Statement & Assumptions, Direction sense test

Text Books:

[1] R S Agarwal, Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, 3rd ed. New Delhi: S. Chand Publications,
2019. (Chapters 1,6,7,8,10,11,12,15,17,21,22,30,31)
[2] R S Agarwal, A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-Verbal Reasoning, 3rd ed. New Delhi: S. Chand
Publications, 2019. (Chapters Section I: 1,3,4,5,6,8,16, Section II: 2,3)

Reference Books:

[1] Dinesh Khattar, Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, New Delhi: Pearson India, 2019.
[2] Nishit K Sinha, Reasoning for Competitive Examinations, New Delhi: Pearson India, 2019.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 107


[3] R.N. Thakur ,General Intelligence and Reasoning, New Delhi: McGraw Hill Education, 2017.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: solvearithmetic relationships and interpret data using mathematical models
CO2: compute abstract quantitative information
CO3: apply basic mathematics & critical thinking skillsto draw conclusions and solve problems
CO4: evaluate the validity &possible biases in arguments presented in authentic contexts logically & sensibly

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18TP601 Quantitative Aptitude And Logical Reasoning
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18TP601.1 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO2 U18TP601.2 1 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

CO3 U18TP601.3 - 1 - 2 - 2 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO4 U18TP601.4 - 1 - 2 - 2 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18TP601 1 1.5 - 1.5 - 2 - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 108


U18MH602 MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY

Class: B.Tech. VI – Semester Branch(s): CE, EIE, EEE, ECE & ECI

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: basic concepts of management
LO2: concepts of economics and forms of business organizations
LO3: fundamentals of accountancy and journalising
LO4: preparation of final accounts

UNIT-I (9)
Management: Meaning and definition, Scientific Management - Definition, Characteristics, Principles
of management
Functions of Management: Planning - Definition, Characteristics; Organizing - Definition,
Characteristics; Staffing - Meaning, Functions of personnel management; Directing- Leadership,
Nature; Motivation – Nature, Types (financial, non-financial, intrinsic and extrinsic); Communication-
Process, Types; Co-ordination- Definition, Steps to achieve effective coordination; Controlling-
Definition, process
UNIT-II (9)
Economics: Meaning and definition, Scope, Micro and Macro Economics, Methods of Economics, Laws
of Economics
Forms of Business Organization: Sole Proprietor ship, Partnership firm - Types of Partners,
Cooperative society; Joint stock company - Features, Types, Merits and demerits

UNIT-III (9)
Double Entry System and Book Keeping: Accounting concepts and conventions, Overview of
accounting cycle, Journal-meaning, Journalizing, Ledger - Meaning, Ledger posting, Balancing; Cash
book (Single column), Preparation of Trial balance

UNIT – IV (9)
Final Accounts: Trading Account, profit and loss account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments

Text Books:
[1] Y. K .Bhushan, Fundamentals of Business Organization and Management, 20th ed. New Delhi: Sultan Chand
& Sons, 2017. (Chapters 1, 2 & 4)
[2] T. S. Grewal, S.C. Gupta, Introduction to Accountancy, 8th ed. New Delhi: S. Chand Publications, 2014.
(Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 & 8)

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 109


Reference Books:
[1] Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essentials ofManagement, 6th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2006.
[2] L.M. Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management, 9th ed. New Delhi: SultanChand, 2016.
[3] R.L. Gupta &V.K.Gupta, Principles and Practice of Accountancy, 14th ed. New Delhi: Sultan Chand and Sons,
2018.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: comprehend the basic concepts of management
CO2: distinguish between micro &macro economics& forms of business organizations
CO3: pass journal entries & post them into ledgers
CO4: prepare profit &loss accounts and assess the financial position through the balance sheet

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM):U18MH602 MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18MH602.1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - - - 1
CO2 U18MH602.2 - - - - - - - - - 1 2 - - - - 1
CO3 U18MH602.3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - 1
CO4 U18MH602.4 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - 1
U18MH602 - - - - - - - - - 1 1.25 - - - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 110


U18CE603A ADVANCED ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES

Class: B.Tech. VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: analysis of three and two hinged arches
LO2: cable and suspension bridges under different loads
LO3: analysis of indeterminate structures using flexibility matrix method
LO4: analysis of indeterminate structures using stiffness matrix method

UNIT – I (9)
Three Hinged Arches: Principle of arch action, Eddy’s theorem, Circular and parabolic arches -
Determination of horizontal thrust, Bending moment, Normal thrust, Radial shear force, Influence line
diagrams
Two Hinged Arches: Principle involved in analysis of two hinged arches, Circular and parabolic arches
- Determination of horizontal thrust, Bending moment, Normal thrust, Radial shear force, Influence
line diagrams
UNIT – II (9)
Cables: Forces in cables subjected to point loads and uniformly distributed load, Cables with supports
at same levels and different levels, Length of cable, Different support conditions, Influence line
diagrams
Suspension Bridges: Simple suspension bridges with two hinged and three hinged stiffening girders,
Bending moment and shear force diagrams, Influence line diagrams
UNIT – III (9)
Flexibility Matrix Method for Beams: Determination of internal and external static indeterminacy for
different types of structures, Analysis of beams up to second degree of static indeterminacy, Bending
moment and shear force diagrams
Flexibility Matrix Method for Frames: Rectangular portal frames – Second degree of static
indeterminacy; Bending moment and shear force diagrams, Analysis of statically indeterminate plane
trusses upto second degree
UNIT – IV (9)
Stiffness Matrix Method for Beams: Determination of kinematic indeterminacy for different types of
structures, Analysis of continuous beams up to second degree of kinematic indeterminacy, Bending
moment and shear force diagrams
Stiffness Matrix Method for Frames: Rectangular portal frames up to second degree of kinematic
indeterminacy, Bending moment and shear force diagrams, Analysis of statically indeterminate plane
trusses up to second degree of kinematic indeterminacy

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 111


Text books:
[1] C.S. Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd.,2017. (Chapters 2, 8 and 10)
[2] G.S. Pandit and S.P. Gupta,Structural Analysis -A Matrix Approach, 2nd ed. New Delhi: McGraw
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2017. (Chapters 1, 4, 5, 6 and 7)

Reference Books:
[1] J.S. Przemieniecki,Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis, 3rd ed. Columbia: Dover Publications Inc., 2018.
[2] Weaver and Gere, Matrix analysis of framed structures, 5th ed. New Delhi: CBS Publishers and distributors
Pvt. Ltd., 2018.
[3] Praveen Nagarajan,Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis, New Delhi: CRC Press, 2018.
[4] Sujit Kumar Roy and SubrataChakrabarty, Fundamentals of structural analysis with computer analysis and
applications, revised ed. New Delhi: S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2012.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: analyze three and two hinged arches
CO2: evaluate internal forces for cables and suspension bridges under different loadings
CO3: apply flexibility matrix method to estimate internal forces for beams and frames
CO4: apply stiffness matrix method to determine internal forces for beams and frames

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE603A ADVANCED ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE603A.1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE603A.2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18CE603A.3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO4 U18CE603A.4 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18CE603A 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 112


U18CE603B GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

Class: B.Tech. VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme :


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: dewatering and grouting techniques
LO2: field densification methods
LO3:materials and methods of soil stabilization
LO4: materials and techniques used for soil reinforcement

UNIT – I (9)
Dewatering: Definition, Methods of dewatering, Sumps and Interceptor ditches, Single and Multistage
well points, Vacuum well points, Horizontal wells, Foundation drains, Blanket drains, Criteria for
selection of fill material around drains
Grouting: Definition, Objectives of grouting, Grouts and their properties, Ascending, Descending and
Stage grouting methods, Hydraulic fracturing in soils and rocks, Post grout tests
UNIT – II (9)
Compaction: Equipment for shallow compaction, Factors affecting field compaction of soils, Deep
compaction, Vibration techniques, Vibro-flotation, Terra probe method, Blasting, Compaction piles,
Field compaction and control
Liquefaction Control: Liquefaction, Differences between liquefaction and quicksand condition,
Damage potential of liquefaction, Factors affecting liquefaction, Methods to prevent liquefaction
UNIT – III (9)
Stabilization: Methods of stabilization, Mechanical, Cement, Lime, Bituminous, Chemical stabilization
with calcium chloride, Sodium silicate and gypsum
Techniques of Stabilization: Vertical drains, Sand wicks, Synthetic drains, Stone columns, Soil- lime
columns, Soil-cement columns
UNIT – IV (9)
Reinforced Earth: Concept of reinforced earth, Effect of reinforcement on soils, Materials, Geotextiles -
Types, Functions and applications; Principles of interfacial friction and its determination, Factors
affecting friction coefficient, Applications of reinforced earth
In-situ Reinforcing Techniques: Necessity, Ground anchors, Types and application, Tie back, Soil
nailing, Driven and grouted nails, Anchored spider netting

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 113


Text Book:
[1] Purushotham Raj, Ground Improvement Techniques, 4th ed. New Delhi: Laxmi Publications, 2006.

Reference Books:
[1] M. R. Hausmann, Engineering Principles of Ground Modification, 3rd ed. New Delhi: McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2002.
[2] M. P. Moseley, Ground Improvement, 2nd ed. Florida, USA: Blackie Academic and Professional, Boca Taton,
2007.
[3] GopalRanjan and A.S.R. Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, 3rd ed. New Delhi: New Age Publishers,
2016.
[4] M. Braja Das and G. V. Ramana, Principles of Soil Dynamics, 2nd ed. Stanford USA: Cengage Learning, 2006.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: apply suitable dewatering and grouting technique for a given field condition
CO2: recommend suitable field densification method considering physical properties of soil
CO3: analyze soil condition and recommend technique for soil stabilization
CO4: propose suitable material& technique for soil reinforcement

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE603B GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE603B.1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE603B.2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18CE603B.3 1 - - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE603B.4 1 - - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
U18CE603B 1 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 114


U18CE603C ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech.VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme :


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

UNIT – I (9)
Air Pollution: Sources and classification of air pollutants, Effects of air pollution, Global effects, Air
quality and emission standards, Sampling of pollutants in ambient air, Stack sampling
Meteorology: Factors influencing air pollution, Wind rose, Mixing depths, Lapse rates and dispersion,
Atmospheric stability, Plume rise and dispersion, Prediction of air quality - Box model, Gaussian
model; Dispersion coefficient, Height of chimney
UNIT – II (9)
Control of Particulate Pollutants: Properties of particulate pollutants, Particle size distribution,
Control mechanism of settling chambers, Cyclones, Wet dust scrubbers, Fabric filters and Electrostatic
precipitators
Control of Gaseous Pollutants: General process and equipment for the removal by chemical methods,
Operation of absorption, Adsorption, Combustion and Condensation equipment
UNIT – III (9)
Stream Sanitation: Characteristics of the treatment plant effluents, Self-purification in a stream, Zones
of pollution in the stream, Oxygen sag analysis, Mathematical analysis using Streeter phelps equation
Advanced Biological Wastewater Treatment: Nitrogen removal by biological nitrification and de-
nitrification, Phosphate removal, Sequential batch reactors, Up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor

UNIT – IV (9)
Industrial Effluent Treatment: Characteristics of industrial effluent, Methods of treatment adopted for
sugarcane, Distillery, Textile and Dairy industry
Noise Pollution: Definition, Characteristics of sound, Effects, Measurement, Control of noise pollution

Text Books:
[1] M.N. Rao and H.V.N. Rao, Air Pollution, New Delhi: Tata – McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd, 2014.
(Chapters 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 15 and 19)
[2] P. N. Modi, Sewage Treatment and Disposal – Environmental Engineering-II, 4th ed. New Delhi: Standard
Book House, 2013. (Chapters 8, 15, 18 and 19)
Reference Books:
[1] S. Howard Peavy, R. Donald Rower and George Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, New Delhi:
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2014.
[2] G. S. Birdie, J. S. Birdie, Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, New Delhi: DhanpatRai Publications, 2013.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 115


[3] Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering – Treatment and Reuse, 4th ed. New Delhi: McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
[4] The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, New Delhi: Ministry of Environment and Forests,
2000.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: summarize concepts of air quality and atmospheric stability
CO2: identify methods required for removal of particulate and gaseous pollutants
CO3: analyze stream sanitation using streeterphelps equationand biological waste water treatment
CO4: adapt effluent treatment methods and noise pollution control measures

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE603C ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE603C.1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 U18CE603C.2 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 U18CE603C.3 2 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE603C.4 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 1
U18CE603C 1.5 1.25 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 1.25 1 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 116


U18CE604 ESTIMATION AND VALUATION

Class: B.Tech. VI – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme :


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
1 2 - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: measurement and estimation of elements of civil engineering works
LO2: detailed estimation of quantities and preparation of tender documents
LO3: performing rate analysis and preparation of valuation report for a residential building
LO4: types of contract and estimation of miscellaneous engineering works

UNIT-I (9)
Quantity Surveying: Scope of quantity survey, Units of measurement, Methods of measurement for
excavation, Concrete, Brick masonry, Steel, Wood work
Measurements: Essentials of estimation, Advantages, Estimation of isolated, Step foundation, Volume
of earth work at same level by mid section, Mean sectional area, Prismoidal methods, Importance,
Maintenance of measurement book
UNIT-II (9)
Estimation of Quantities: Different types of estimates, Methods of estimation - Centre line, Individual
wall method; Calculation of quantities of brick work, RCC, PCC, Plastering, White washing and
painting, Estimate of wood work for doors and frames, Preparation of detailed and abstract estimate
for framed structures, Bar bending schedule
Tenders: Types of tender, Tender notice, Earnest money, Security deposit, Liquidated damages,
Arbitration, Escalation, Costing and preparation of tender document
UNIT-III (9)
Specifications and Rate analysis: Objectives of specifications, Specifications for earth work excavation,
Concrete, Damp proof course(DPC), Form work, Brick masonry, Flooring, Painting and Wood work,
Schedule of rates, Rate analysis for cement concrete, DPC, Brick masonry, Plastering, Flooring, Painting
Valuation: Objectives, Market value, Book value, Assessed value, Mortgage value, Replacement value,
Capital cost, Cost escalation, Sinking fund, Depreciation methods, Preparation of valuation report for
residential building
UNIT-IV (9)
Contracts: General requirements of contract, Types of contracts, Conditions, Termination of contract,
Departmental procedures for execution of works
Miscellaneous Estimates: Preparation of detailed and abstract estimate for septic tank with soak pit,
Slab culvert, Road project

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 117


Text Book:
[1] B. N. Dutta, Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering, 27th ed. New Delhi: UBS Publishers, 2014.
Reference Books:
[1] D.D. Kohli and R.C. Kohli, A Text Book of Estimating and Costing (Civil), 13th ed. New Delhi: S. Chand and
Company Ltd., 2004.
[2] G.S. Birdie, A Text Book of Estimating and Costing for Civil Engineering, 6th ed. New Delhi: DhanpatRai
publishing company (P) Ltd., 2014.
[3] M. Chakraborty, Estimating, Costing, Specification and Valuation in Civil Engineering, 29th ed.
Kolkata: Chakraborty Publishers, 2006.
[4] Bureau of Indian Standards, SP 27 : 1987 (R2003): Handbook of Method of Measurement of Buildings Works,
New Delhi: Reaffirmed 2003.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: measure quantities pertaining to civil engineering works
CO2: estimate quantities and propose tender documents for construction projects
CO3: determine rate analysis and valuation report for a building
CO4: distinguish types of contract and estimate miscellaneous civil engineering works

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE604 ESTIMATION AND VALUATION


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE604.1 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1 1
CO2 U18CE604.2 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1 1
CO3 U18CE604.3 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1 1
CO4 U18CE604.4 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1 1
U18CE604 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 118


U18CE605 HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

Class: B. Tech. VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 1 - 4 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: estimation of rainfall, evaporation, evapotranspiration
LO2: infiltration, runoff, hydrographs
LO3: ground water hydraulics and irrigation methods
LO4:design of channels and dams

UNIT – I (9+3)
Hydrologic Cycle and Precipitation: Definitions, Water budgeting, Types of precipitation, Recording
and non-recording type of rain gauges, Errors in measurement, Location of rain gauges, Analysis of
rain fall data by mass curves, Hyetograph, Intensity duration analysis, Estimation of missing
precipitation data
Evaporation and Evapotranspiration: Factors affecting the processes and their estimation, Pan
evaporation, BlaneyCriddle, Hargreaves, Penmann and Lysimeter methods, Methods of reducing
evaporation from reservoirs
UNIT – II (9+3)
Infiltration and Runoff: Factors affecting infiltration, Measurements of infiltration, Infiltration indices,
Factors affecting runoff, Estimation of runoff from rainfall, Flow duration curve & mass curve and their
uses
Hydrograph Analysis: Characteristics of hydrograph, Separation of base flow, Unit hydrograph, S-
curve hydrograph
UNIT – III (9+3)
Groundwater: Types of aquifers, Unconfined and confined aquifers, Well hydraulics, Recuperation test
for yield of open well, Introduction to flood routing
Concepts of Irrigation: Duty and delta, Quality of irrigation water, Soil water relationships, Root zone
soil water, Infiltration, Consumptive use, Irrigation requirement, Frequency of irrigation, Methods of
applying water to the fields - Surface, Sub-surface, Sprinkler and drip irrigation
UNIT – IV (9+3)
Distribution Systems: Canal systems, Alignment of canals, Design of channels, Alluvial channels,
Kennedy’s and Lacey’s theory of regime channels
Dams and Spillways: Classification, Embankment dams, Design considerations, Estimation and
control of seepage, Slope protection, Spillways, Components of spillways, Types of gates for spillway
crest

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 119


Text Books:

[1] P. Jayarami Reddy, A Textbook of Hydrology, 4th ed. New Delhi: Laxmi Publishers, 2017.
(Chapters 1, 2,4,5,7 to 11)
[2] K. R. Arora, Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering, 5th ed. New Delhi:
Standard Publications, 2019. (Chapters 10, 12, 14, 15, 20 and 22)

Reference Books:

[1] K. Subramanya, Engineering Hydrology, 4th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Book Co, 2017.
[2] Dr.P.N. Modi, Irrigation Water Resources and Water Power Engineering, 9th ed. New Delhi:
Standard Book House, 2014.
[3] R. S. Varshney, Engineering Hydrology, 4th ed. New Delhi: Nemchand Bros, 2012.
[4] S.K. Garg, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, 35th ed. New Delhi:Khanna
Publishers, 2018.
[5]https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/105101010/downloads/Lecture31.pdf .

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: estimate rainfall, evaporation and evapotranspiration
CO2: measure infiltration, runoff and analyze hydrographs
CO3: distinguish ground water hydraulics and irrigation methods
CO4: evaluate design parameters of channels and dams

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE605 Hydrology And Water Resources Engineering
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE605.1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE605.2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18CE605.3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO4 U18CE605.4 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1
U18CE605 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 120


U18CE606 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AND EQUIPMENT

Class: B.Tech. VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: functions of construction management, processes and project planning
LO2: project scheduling and cost management
LO3: construction equipment and its management
LO4: pre-requisites for implementation of quality and safety measures in construction

UNIT – I (9)
Construction Management: Stages of construction project, Construction team and their functions,
Functions of construction management, Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, Controlling and
coordinating, Construction activities, Processes, Workers, Estimating, Schedule, Productivity and
mechanized construction, Construction document
Preliminary Project Planning: Site layout, Infrastructure development - Security, Office and Residence,
Power, Water, Access roads, Drainage, Illumination, Storage yards, Workshop, Garage, Parking,
Testing facilities, Medical care, Firefighting facilities, Communication and fuel station facilities
UNIT – II (9)
Project Scheduling: Methods of scheduling, Bar charts/Gantt chart, Milestone charts, Network
analysis, Limitations and advantages, Network and its development, Work breakdown structure,
Network techniques, Activity, Event, Network diagram by Critical Path Method (CPM), Program
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), Time estimates, Floats and Slacks
Cost Management: Direct and Indirect cost of project, Cost slope and Crashing of activities, Resource
allocation, Levelling and Smoothing
UNIT – III (9)
Construction Equipment: Classification of equipment, Power shovel, Back hoe, Dragline, Clamshell,
Bulldozers, Scrapers, Tractors, Smooth wheel rollers, Sheep foot rollers and Pneumatic rollers, Dump
trucks, Dumpers, Derrick cranes, Mobile cranes, Gantry cranes, Belt conveyor, Tunnelling and Rock
drilling equipment
Management of Construction Equipment: Need for mechanization, Financing aspects of construction
plants and equipment, Factors affecting selection of construction equipment, Planning of construction
equipment, Factors affecting the cost of owning and operating the construction equipment

UNIT – IV (9)
Quality Control in Construction: Importance and elements of quality, Organization for quality control,
Quality assurance techniques, Documentation, Quality circles

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 121


Construction Safety Management: Importance of safety, Causes of accidents, Classification of
accidents, Safety measures, Safety benefits to stakeholders, Measuring of safety

Text Books:
[1] SubhajitSaraswati, Construction Technology, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2008.(Chapters
1and2)
[2] S. Seetharaman, Construction Engineering and Management, 5th ed. New Delhi: Umesh Publications, 2017.
(Chapters 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9)
Reference Books:
[1] K. N. Jha, Construction Project Management: Theory and Practice, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Pearson
Education India,2018.
[2] B. L. Gupta, Construction Management, machinery and accounts, 4th ed. New Delhi: Standard
Publishers, 2017.
[3] L. S. Srinath, PERT and CPM principles and applications, 3rd ed. New Delhi: East West Press, 2015.
[4] K. K. Chitkara, Construction Project Management: Planning, scheduling and controlling, 3rd ed. New Delhi:
McGraw Hill Education, 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: perceive process of construction management and planning
CO2: estimate project duration and cost
CO3: appraise various construction equipment and their applicability
CO4: recommend norms for implementation of quality and safety aspects

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE606 Construction Management and Equipment


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE606.1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - - 1
CO2 U18CE606.2 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 1 1 - 1 1
CO3 U18CE606.3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1 1
CO4 U18CE606.4 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1
U18CE606 1 - - - - 1 - - - - 1.25 1 1 1 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 122


U18IT611 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

Class: B.Tech.VI – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme :


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives(LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…
LO1: fundamentals of object oriented and java programming
LO2: classes, objects and inheritance for implementing object oriented concepts
LO3: concepts of polymorphism, interfaces and packages
LO4:exception handling, string handling, input and output operations

UNIT- I (9)
Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming: Programming paradigms, Basic concepts of Object
Oriented paradigm (OOP), benefits and applications of OOP.
Basics of Java Language: Java language Features, Java Programming Structure, Java Tokens, JVM,
Constants, Variables, Data types, Scope of variables, Type Casting, Operators and Expressions,
Branching and looping statements, Arrays.
UNIT – II (9)

Classes and Objects: Defining a class, Field declaration, Method declaration, Creating object, Accessing
Class Members, Constructors, garbage collection, Static members, Nested and inner classes, Command
line arguments, Wrapper classes.
Inheritance: Extending a class, Defining subclasses, Subclass constructor, Multilevel inheritance,
Hierarchical inheritance, Access controls, this and super keywords.
UNIT-III (9)

Polymorphism: Overloading methods, Overloading constructors, Overriding Methods, Dynamic


method dispatch, Abstract classes, Final Keyword.
Interfaces: Defining an interface, Implementing interfaces, Nested Interfaces, Variables in interfaces,
Extending interfaces
Packages: Packages, java API packages, Using System Packages, Naming Conventions, Creating
Packages, Accessing Packages, Adding a class to package, Hiding classes, Static Import.
UNIT – IV (9)

Exception handling: Fundamentals, Exception types, Uncaught exceptions, Using try and catch,
Multiple catch clauses, Explicit exceptions with throw, throws and finally keywords.
String Handling: String constructors, String length, String operations, Character extraction, String
comparison, Searching strings, Modifying a string, Changing string cases, Joining strings.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 123


I/O: I/O Basics, Reading console Input, Writing console output, Reading and writing files.
Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt, JAVA The Complete Reference, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.Ltd , 2014.
2. E.Balagurusamy, Programming with JAVA: A Primer, 5th ed., McGraw-Hill Publication Ltd, 2014.

References Books:
1. P. Radha Krishna, Object Oriented Programming through JAVA, Universities Press, 2011.
2. Herbert Schildt, JAVA The Complete Reference, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
3. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, Head First Java, 2nd ed., O’Reilly Publications, 2005.
4. UttamK.Roy,Advanced JAVA Programming, Oxford Publications, 2015.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: illustrate object oriented concepts and java programming features
CO2: solve computing problems using classes, objects and inheritance concepts
CO3: use polymorphism, interfaces and packages for developing objected oriented programs
CO4: develop applications using exception handling, string handling, input and output Operations

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18IT611 Object Oriented Programming Through Java
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4
CO1 U18IT611.1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18IT611.2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18IT611.3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
CO4 U18IT611.4 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1
U18IT611 1.75 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 124


U18CE607 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING DETAILING LABORATORY

Class: B. Tech. VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: structural aspects and detailing of different types of beams
LO2: detailing of various types of slabs
LO3: design detailing various types of columns, footings and stair case
LO4: detailing of various types of steel structures

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Preparation of working drawings using AutoCAD for the following structural elements as per SP-34, the elements
are to be designed prior to preparation of drawings.

1 Structural detailing of R.C.C Simply Supported Beam


2 Structural detailing of R.C.C Continuous Beam and Cantilever Beam
3 Structural detailing of R.C.C Slabs
4 Structural detailing of R.C.C Tied Column
5 Structural detailing of R.C.C Spirally Reinforced Column
6 Structural detailing of R.C.C Isolated Footings
7 Structural detailing of R.C.C Combined Footings
8 Structural detailing of shear reinforcement in R.C.C beams
9 Structural detailing of R.C.C. stair case
10 Structural detailing of steel beam connections
11 Structural detailing of Built up Column
12 Structural detailing of Grillage Foundation

Laboratory Manual:
[1] BIS, Hand book on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing-SP 34 :1987, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards,
1987.
Reference Books:
[1] S. MahaboobBasha, Structural Engineering Drawing, New Delhi: Radiant Publishing House, 2018.
[2] B.C. Punmia, A.K.Jain, R.C.C Designs, 10th ed. New Delhi: Laxmi publishers, 2015.
[3] Arya and Ajmani, Design of steel structures, 5th ed, Roorkee: Nem Chand and Bros, 1992.
[4] S. Kanthimathinathan, Manual for Detailing of Steel Steel Structures, New Delhi: International Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., 2016.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 125


Course Learning Outcomes(COs):
On completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: compile the structural detailing of R.C.C. beams
CO2: develop the detailing plan of various types of slabs
CO3: assess the philosophies in designing various types of columns, footings and stair case
CO4: compose working drawings of various types of steel structures

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE607 Structural Engineering Detailing Laboratory


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE607.1 1 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1
CO2 U18CE607.2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1
CO3 U18CE607.3 1 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1
CO4 U18CE607.4 1 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1
U18CE607 1 - 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 126


U18IT612 JAVA PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech.VI – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives(LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…
LO1: basic concepts of object oriented programming
LO2: classes, objects and inheritance features
LO3: concepts of polymorphism, interfaces and packages
LO4: exception handling, string handling, input and output operations

List of Experiments

Experiment-I
1. Write a program to demonstrate operators of java.
2. Write a program to demonstrate type casting and operator precedence.
3. Write a program to demonstrate different types of if-statements.
4. Write a program to demonstrate switch-case.

Experiment-II
5. Write a program to demonstrating loop control statements.
6. Write a program to demonstrate for-each control loop.
7. Implement programs using single dimensional arrays.
8. Write a program to define a two dimensional array where each row contains different number of
columns.
Experiment -III
9. Write a program to demonstrate creating object to a class for accessing variables and methods.
10. Write a program to demonstrate creating multiple objects.
11. Write a program to demonstrate passing objects to methods.
12. Write a program to demonstrate constructors and garbage collector by invoking it explicitly.

Experiment -IV
13. Write a program to demonstrate static members.
14. Write a program to demonstrate command line arguments.
15. Write a program to demonstrate variable length argument.
16. Write a program to demonstrate wrapper classes.
Experiment -V

17. Write a program to demonstrate inheritance using extends keyword.


18. Write a program to demonstrate multilevel inheritance.
19. Write a program to demonstrate hierarchical inheritance.
20. Write a program to demonstrate access controls.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 127


Experiment -VI
21. Write a program to demonstrate this and super keywords.
22. Write a program to demonstrate dynamic method dispatch.
23. Write a program to demonstrate final variable and methods.
24. Write a program to demonstrate use of abstract class.

Experiment -VII
25. Write a program to define an Interface and implement it into a class.
26. Write a program to implement multiple interfaces into a single class.
27. Write a program to extend interfaces.
28. Write a program to implement nested interfaces.

Experiment -VIII

29. Write a program to create a package and demonstrate to import a package into a class.
30. Write a program to demonstrate access protection of packages.
31. Write a program to demonstrate static import of package.

Experiment-IX
32. Write a program to demonstrate try and catch statements for exception handling.
33. Write a program to handle Array Index Out of Bounds Exception, Number Format Exception and Divide
by Zero Exception using multiple catch blocks.
34. Write a program to demonstrate user defined exception with throw keyword.
35. Write a program to demonstrate finally block.

Experiment-X

36. Write a program to demonstrate string searching functions.


37. Write a program to demonstrate string comparison functions.
38. Write a program to demonstrate string modification functions.

Experiment-XI

39. Write a program to demonstrate reading and writing input using byte stream classes.
40. Write a program to demonstrate reading and writing input using character stream classes.
41. Write a program to demonstrate data input and output streams.
42. Write a program to demonstrate array input and output streams.

Experiment-XII

43. Write a program to create a file using byte stream classes.


44. Write a program to create a file using character stream classes.
45. Write a program to copy the content of one file to another.

Laboratory Manual:

1. Java Programming laboratory Manual, Dept. of IT, KITSW.

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 128


Text Books:
1. Herbert Schildt, JAVA The Complete Reference, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.Ltd , 2014.
2. E.Balagurusamy, Programming with JAVA: A Primer, 5th ed., McGraw-Hill Publication Ltd, 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):

On completion of this course, students will be able to…


CO1: develop programs to implement object oriented programming concepts using java
CO2: develop programs using classes, objects and inheritance concepts
CO3: experiment with polymorphism, interfaces and packages
CO4: build applications using exception handling, string handling, input and output operations

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18IT612 JAVA PROGRAMMING LABORATORY


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18IT612.1 1 - - 1
2 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 U18IT612.2 1 - - 1
2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO3 U18IT612.3 1 - - 1
2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO4 U18IT612.4 1 - - 1
2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1
U18IT612 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 - - 1

KITSW-Syllabi for V Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 129


U18CE608 MINI PROJECT

Class:B.Tech.VI - Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- - 2 1 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on /in…
LO1: implementing a project independently by applying knowledge to practice
LO2: literature review and well-documented report writing
LO3: creating PPTs and effective technical presentation skills
LO4: writing technical paper in scientific journal style & format and creating video pitch

Student has to take up independent mini project on innovative ideas, innovative solutions to common problems
using their knowledge relevant to courses offered in their program of study, which would supplement and
complement the program assigned to each student.

Guidelines:
1. TheHoD shall constitute a Department Mini Project Evaluation Committee (DMPEC)
2. DMPEC shall allot a faculty supervisor to each student for guiding on (i) selection of topic (ii)
literature survey and work to be carried out (iii) preparing a report in proper format and (iv)
effective mini project oral presentation
3. There shall be only Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) for mini project
4. The CIE for seminar is as follows:

Assessment Weightage
Mini Project Supervisor Assessment 20%
Working model / process / software package / system developed 20%
Mini Project report 20%
Mini Project paper 10%
Video pitch 10%
DMPEC Assessment: Oral presentation with PPT andviva-voce 20%
Total Weightage: 100%
Note: It is mandatory for the student to appear for oral presentation and viva-voce to
qualify for course evaluation

(a) Mini Project Topic: The topic should be interesting and conducive to discussion. Topics may be found
by looking through recent issues of peer reviewed Journals / Technical Magazines on the topics of
potential interest
(b) Working Model: Each student is requested to develop a working model / process / system on the

KITSW-Syllabi for VI Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 130


chosen work and demonstrate before the DMPEC as per the dates specified by DMPEC
(c) Report: Each student is required to submit a well-documented report on the chosen seminar topic as
per the format specified byDMPEC
(d) Anti-Plagiarism Check: The seminar report should clear plagiarism check as per the Anti-Plagiarism
policy of the institute
(e) Presentation: Each student should prepare PPT with informative slides and make an effective oral
presentation before the DMPEC as per the schedule notified by thedepartment
(f) Video Pitch: Each student should create a pitch video, which is a video presentation on his / her mini
project. Video pitch should be no longer than 5 minutes by keeping the pitch concise and to the point,
which shall also include key points about his / her business idea / plan (if any) and social impact
(g) The student has to register for the Mini project as supplementary examination in the following cases:
i) he/she is absent for oral presentation and viva-voce
ii) he/she fails to submit the report in prescribed format
iii) he/she fails to fulfill the requirements of Mini project evaluation as per specified guidelines
(h) i) The CoE shall send a list of students registered for supplementary to the HoD
concerned
ii) The DSEC, duly constituted by the HoD, shall conduct Mini project evaluation and send the award
list to the CoE within the stipulated time

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: apply knowledge to practice to design & conduct experiments and utilize modern tools for developing
working models / process / system leading to innovation & entrepreneurship
CO2: demonstrate the competencies to perform literature survey, identify gaps, analyze the problem and
prepare a well-documented Mini project report
CO3: make an effective oral presentation through informative PPTs, showing knowledge on the subject &
sensitivity towards social impact of the Mini project
CO4: write a “Mini project paper” in scientific journal style & format from the prepared Mini project report
and create a video pitch on Mini project

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE608 MINI PROJECT


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE608.1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
CO2 U18CE608.2 1 1 - 2 - - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 U18CE608.3 - - - - - - 1 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE608.4 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1
U18CE608 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1

KITSW-Syllabi for VI Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 131


KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL
(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EVALUATION
VII SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH DEGREE PROGRAMME

Periods/week Credits Evaluation Scheme


Sl. No Category Course Code Course Title CIE Total Marks
L T P C ESE
TA MSE Total
1 OE U18OE701 Open Elective- III 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
2 PE U18CE702 Professional Elective - III / MOOC -III 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
3 PE U18CE703 Professional Elective - IV / MOOC –IV 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
4 PCC U18CE704 Highway Engineering 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
5 PCC U18CE705 Highway Engineering Laboratory - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
Civil Engineering Software
6 PCC U18CE706 - - 2 1 40 - 40 60 100
Applications Laboratory
7 PROJ U18CE707 Major Project - Phase – I - - 6 3 100 - 100 - 100
8 MC U18CE708 Internship Evaluation* - - 2 - 100 - 100 - 100
Total 12 - 12 17 320 120 440 360 800
Additional Learning*:Maximum credits allowed for Honours/Minor - - - 7 - - - - -
Total credits for Honours/Minor students: - - - 17+7 - - - - -
 List of courses for additional learning through MOOCs towards Honours/Minor in Engineering shall be prescribed by the department under Honours/
Minor Curricula

[L= Lecture, T = Tutorials, P = Practical’s & C = Credits] Total Contact Periods/Week: 24

Open Elective-III : Professional Elective-III / MOOC-III : Professional Elective-IV/MOOC-IV :


U18OE701A: Disaster Management U18CE702A: Advanced Structural Design U18CE703A: Structural Dynamics
U18OE701B: Project Management U18CE702B: Hydraulic Structures U18CE703B: Foundation Engineering
U18OE701C: Professional Ethics in Engineering U18CE702C: Sustainable Materials and Green U18CE703C: Repair and Rehabilitation of
U18OE701D: Rural Technology and Buildings Structures
CommunityDevelopment U18CE702M: MOOCs U18CE703M: MOOCs
U18OE602A/ U18OE701A DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Class: B. Tech. VI – Semester Branch(s): ME, CSE, IT & CSN


B. Tech. VII – Semester CE, EIE, EEE, ECE & ECI

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students„ knowledge in/on
LO1: disaster types, its impacts & national policy on disaster management
LO2: prevention, preparedness and mitigation measures for different disasters, emergency support
functions and relief camps
LO3: different types of vulnerability, macroeconomic, financial management of disaster and its related
losses
LO4: disaster management for infrastructure, treatment of plants, geo spatial information in
agriculture, multimedia technology in disaster risk management and training

UNIT – I (9)
Introduction & Principles of Disaster Management: Nature - Development, Hazards and
disasters; Natural disasters - Earth quakes, Floods, Fire, Landslides, Cyclones, Tsunamis,
Nuclear; Chemical dimensions and Typology of disasters - Public health disasters, National
policy on disaster management

UNIT –II (9)


Prevention Preparedness and Mitigation Measures: Prevention, Preparedness & mitigation
measures for various disasters, Post disaster reliefs and logistics management, Emergency
support functions and their coordination mechanism, Resources and material management,
Management of relief camp

UNIT– III (9)


Risk and Vulnerability: Building codes and land use planning, Social vulnerability,
Environmental vulnerability, Macroeconomic management and sustainable development,
Climate change, Risk rendition, Financial management of disaster and related losses

UNIT - IV (9)
Role of Technology in Disaster Management: Disaster Management for infrastructures,
Taxonomy of infrastructure, Treatment plants and process facilities, Electrical sub stations,
Roads and Bridges, Geo spatial information in agriculture, Drought assessment, Multimedia
technology in disaster risk management and training

Textbook:
[1] Rajib shah and R.R Krishnamurthy, Disaster management – Global Challenges and
local solutions, Hyderabad: Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

Reference Books:
[1] Satish Modh, Introduction to Disaster management, Bengaluru: Macmillan India Ltd.,
2010.
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, students will be able to ...
CO1: classify the disasters and discuss natural & non-natural disasters, their implications, the
institutional & legal framework for national policy on disaster management in India
CO2: identify mitigation strategies, preparedness & prevention measures and prioritizes the rescue &
relief operations to reduce the impact of a disaster
CO3: list the vulnerable groups in disaster; examine the concepts of macroeconomic &
sustainability & impact of disaster on development
CO4: discuss disaster management for infrastructure, utilize geospatial information in agriculture
and apply multimedia technology for disaster risk management & training

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE602A/ U18OE701A DISASTER MANAGEMENT


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 2
U18OE602A/
CO1 - - - - - 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - -
U18OE701A.1
U18OE602A/
CO2 - - - - - 2 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
U18OE701A.2
U18OE602A/
CO3 - - - - - 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - -
U18OE701A.3
U18OE602A/
CO4 - - - - - 2 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
U18OE701A.4
U18OE602A/
- - - - - 2 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
U18OE701A
U18OE602B/ U18OE701B PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Class: B. Tech. VI – Semester Branch(s): ME, CSE, IT & CSN


B. Tech. VII – Semester CE, EIE, EEE, ECE & ECI

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop student‟s knowledge in/on…
LO1: role of project manager, organization and management functions
LO2: effective time &conflict management, ethics & professional responsibilities
LO3: project planning, scheduling and budgeting
LO4: cost control, risk management and quality control techniques

UNIT – I (9)
Project Management: Understanding project management, Role of project manager,
Classification of projects, Project management growth, Definitions and Concepts,
Organizational structures - Organizing and staffing the project management office and team;
Management functions

UNIT – II (9)
Time and Conflict Management: Understanding time management, Time management forms,
Effective time management, Stress and burnout, Conflict environment, Conflict resolution,
Management of conflicts, Performance measurement, Financial compensation and rewards,
Morality, ethics, Corporate culture, Professional responsibilities, Success variables, Working
with executives

UNIT – III (9)


Project planning: General planning, Life-cycle phases, Proposal preparation, Project planning,
The statement of work, Project specifications, Milestone schedules, Work breakdown structure,
Executive role in planning, The planning cycle, Handling project phase outs and transfers,
Stopping projects, Scheduling techniques - CPM and PERT, Pricing and estimating

UNIT – IV (9)
Cost and quality control: Understanding cost control, Earned Value Measurement System,
Cost control problems, Methodology for trade-off analysis, Risk management process, Risk
analysis, Risk responses, Monitoring and control of risks, Contract management, Quality
management concepts, Cost of quality, Quality control techniques

Textbook:
[1] Harold Kerzner, Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling and
Controlling, 10th ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2009.
Reference Books:
[1] Jack R Meredith & Samuel J mantel Jr., Project Management: A Managerial Approach, 8th ed.
Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2012.
[2] John M Nicholas & Herman Steyn, Project Management for Business, Engineering and
Technology, 4th ed. Abingdon, UK: Taylor & Francis, 2012.
[3] Adedeji B. Badiru, Project Management: Systems, Principles and Applications, Florida, USA:
CRC Press, 2012.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of the course, the student will be able to…
CO1: evaluate the desirable characteristics of effective project managers
CO2: plan to resolve issues in conflicting environments
CO3: apply appropriate approaches to plan a new project in-line with project schedule & suitable budget
CO4: estimate the risks to be encountered in a new project and apply appropriate techniques to assess &
improve ongoing project performance

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE602B/ U18OE701B PROJECT MANAGEMENT


CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 2
CO1 U18OE602B/
- - - - - 1 - - - 1 1 - 1 1
U18OE701B.1
CO2 U18OE602B/
- - - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 - 1 1
U18OE701B.2
CO3 U18OE602B/
1 1 - - - 1 - - - 1 1 - 1 1
U18OE701B.3
CO4 U18OE602B/
1 1 - - - 1 - - - 1 1 - 1 1
U18OE701B.4
U18OE602B/
1 1 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 - 1 1
U18OE701B
U18OE602C/ U18OE701C PROFESSIONAL ETHICS IN ENGINEERING

Class: B. Tech. VI – Semester Branch(s): ME, CSE, IT & CSN


B. Tech. VII – Semester CE, EIE, EEE, ECE & ECI

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on …
LO1: human values and engineering ethics
LO2: professionalism, theory of virtues and code of ethics
LO3: safety & risk benefit analysis, professional and intellectual property rights
LO4: environmental & computer ethics and various roles of engineers in a company

UNIT – I (9)
Human Values: Morals, Values & ethics, Integrity, Work ethic, Service learning, Civic virtue,
Respect for others, Living peacefully, Caring, Sharing, Honesty, Courage, Valuing time, Co-
operation, Commitment, Empathy, Self-confidence, Character, Spirituality
Engineering Ethics: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”, Variety of moral issues, Types of inquiry,
Moral dilemmas, Moral autonomy, Kohlberg's theory, Gilligan's theory - Consensus and
controversy
UNIT – II (9)
Profession and professionalism: Profession and its attributes, Models of professional roles
Theory of Virtues: Definition of virtue and theories of virtues, Self-respect, Responsibility and
senses, Modern theories of virtues, Uses of ethical theories
Engineering as social experimentation: Engineering as experimentation, Engineers as
responsible experimenters, Codes of ethics, A balanced outlook on law, The challenger case
study

UNIT –III (9)


Safety, Responsibilities and Rights: Safety and risk, Assessment of safety and risk, Risk
benefit analysis and reducing risk - Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies; Collegiality
and loyalty, Respect for authority, Collective bargaining, Confidentiality, Conflicts of interest,
Professional rights, Employee rights, Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), Discrimination

UNIT – IV (9)
Global Issues: Multinational corporations - Environmental ethics, Computer ethics, Engineers
as managers, Consulting engineers, Engineers as expert witnesses and advisors, Moral
leadership, Sample code of ethics (Specific to a particular engineering discipline)

Textbook:
[1] D.R. Kiran, Professional Ethics and Human Values, New York: McGraw Hill, 2013.
Reference Books:
[1] Govindarajan. M, Natarajan. S, Senthil Kumar. V.S, Professional Ethics and Human Values,
New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 2013.
[2] Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, 4th ed. New York: McGraw
Hill, 2014.
[3] Charles D. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, 4th ed. New Delhi: Prentice Hall, 2004.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…

CO1: identify the need for human values, morals & ethics and apply Gilligan’s & Kohlberg’s theories for
morale development
CO2: identify the desired characteristics of a professional & the need for code of ethics & balanced outlook
on law
CO3: estimate the safety margin & threshold level and describe the procedure for obtaining a patent
CO4: analyze the role of engineer in multinational companies as an advisor, consultant & manager

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE602C/ U18OE701C PROFESSIONAL ETHICS IN ENGINEERING


CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 2
U18OE602C/
CO1 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 - - 1 - -
U18OE701C.1
U18OE602C/
CO2 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 - - 1 - -
U18OE701C.2
U18OE602C/
CO3 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 - - 1 1 1
U18OE701C.3
U18OE602C/
CO4 - - - - - 1 - 2 1 - - 1 1 1
U18OE701C.4
U18OE602C/
- - - - - 1 - 2 1 - - 1 1 1
U18OE701C
U18OE602D/ U18OE701D RURAL TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

Class: B. Tech. VI – Semester Branch(s): ME, CSE, IT & CSN


B. Tech. VII – Semester CE, EIE, EEE, ECE & ECI
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on...
LO1: building technologies, modern agricultural implements and food processing methods
LO2: medicinal & aromatic plants to fulfill the needs of pharmaceutical industries and rural
energy for eradication of drudgery
LO3: purification of drinking water, rain water harvesting and employment generating
technologies in rural areas
LO4: objectives & characteristics of community development, need for community
mobilization and approaches for community organization

UNIT – I (9)
Technologies and Process: Building materials and components - Micro concrete roofing
tiles, Water & fire proof mud walls and thatch, Red mud/rice husk cement, Types of bricks,
Ferro-cement water tanks and other products, Cement blocks, Preservation of mud walls,
Agricultural implements - Naveen sickle, Animal drawn digger, Grubber weeder, Self
propelled reaper, Seed drill, Improved bakhar

Food Processing: Fruit and vegetable preservation - Process flow sheet, Scale of operation,
Economic feasibility, Source of technology; Soya milk - Process, Economics; Dehydration of
fruits and vegetables, Cultivation of oyster mushroom - Preparation of beds, Spawning,
Removal of bags for production of mushrooms, Harvesting and marketing, Economics,
Process flow sheet, Source of technology

UNIT – II (9)
Medicinal and Aromatic plants: Plants and its use, Aromatic plants, Cymbopogons,
Geranium, Manufacturing of juice, Gel and powder, Rural energy - Cultivation
ofjatrophacurcus and production of biodiesel, Low cost briquetted fuel, Solar cookers and
oven, Solar drier, Bio-mass gasifier

Bio-fertilizers: Introduction, Vermicompost, Improvement over traditional


technology/process, Techno economics, Cost of production, Utilization of fly ash for
wasteland development and agriculture

UNIT – III (9)


Purification of Drinking water: Slow sand filtration unit, Iron removal plant connected to
hand pump, Chlorine tablets, Pot chlorination of wells, Solar still, Fluoride removal, Rain
water harvesting through roof top, Rain water harvesting through percolation tank, Check
dams, Recharging of dug wells

Employment Generating Technologies: Detergent powder and cake - Process, Process for
liquid detergent, Carcass utilization - Improvement over traditional technology, Flow chart,
Process, Capital investment; Indigo blue - Dye, Organic plant production, Dye extraction
techniques, Aspects of indigo market, Economics; Modernization of bamboo based
industries - Process for bamboo mat making, Machinery, Products, Agarbatti
manufacturing; Vegetable tanning of leathers - Raw material, Soaking, Liming, Reliming,
Deliming, Pretanning, Malani, Setting, Yield

UNIT – IV (9)
Community Development: Community organization - Definition, Need, Functions,
Principles, Stages; Community development - Definition, Need, Objectives,
Characteristics, Elements, Indicators; Differences between community organization and
community development

Community Mobilization: Need, Benefits, Preparing, Initial contact with community,


Coordinating, Functions of the community, Challenges, Techniques for mobilizing
community, Community contributions, Leadership and capacity building, Community
participation, Role of community worker in community mobilization, Models of
community organization practice - Local development model, Social planning model,
Social action model, Approaches to community organization

Textbooks:
[1] M.S. Virdi, Sustainable Rural Technology, New Delhi: Daya Publishing House, 2009.
[2] Asha Ramagonda Patil, Community Organization and Development: An Indian Perspective,
New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 2013.

Reference Books:
[1] Punia Rd Roy, Rural Technology, New Delhi: Satya Prakashan Publishers, 2009.
[2] S.B. Verma, S.K. Jiloka, Kannaki Das, Rural Education and Technology, New Delhi: Deep
& Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
[3] Edwards, Allen David and Dorothy G.Jones, Community and Community Development,
The Hague, Netherlands: Mouton, 1976.
[4] Lean, Mary, Bread, Bricks and Belief: Communities in Charge of Their Future, West
Hartford, US: Kumarian Press, 1995.
[5] Heskin, Allen David, The Struggle for Community, Colorado, US: West View Press, 1991
[6] Clinard, Marshall Barron, Slums and Community Development: Experiments in Self- Help,
Mumbai: Free Press, 1970.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: discuss various building technologies, modern agricultural implements and food processing
methods which can be implemented in rural areas
CO2: identify major medicinal plants that are required for pharmaceutical companies & alternative
fuel that meets substantial oil need in the country and the need and usage of bio- fertilizers
CO3: analyze several cost effective technologies for purification of water, rain water harvesting
techniques for collection & storage of rain water and examine the employment generating
technologies in tribal/ rural areas
CO4: distinguish between community organization and community development and identify
techniques for community mobilization & approaches to community organization for social
change
Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE602D/U18OE701D RURAL TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
U18OE602D/
CO1 - - 1 - - 1 2 - - - - 1 1 1
U18OE701D.1
U18OE602D/
CO2 - - 1 - - 1 2 - - - - 1 1 1
U18OE701D.2
U18OE602D/
CO3 - - 1 - - 1 2 - - - - 1 1 1
U18OE701D.3
U18OE602D/
CO4 - - - - - 1 2 - - - - - - -
U18OE701D.4
U18OE602D/
- - 1 - - 1 2 - - - - 1 1 1
U18OE701D
U18CE702A ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN

Class: B.Tech. VII- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…
LO1: guidelines for design of doglegged staircase & grid slab
LO2: behaviour of retaining walls
LO3: performance of various types of water retaining structures
LO4: design of different types of foundations

UNIT-I (9)
Design of dog legged staircase: Types of staircases, Loads on staircase slabs, Design of dog legged
staircase.
Grid Slabs: Proportioning of grid dimensions, Design of grid slabs.

UNIT -II (9)


Cantilever Retaining wall: Types of reinforced walls, Theories of earth pressure, Rankine’s earth
pressure theory, Coulomb’s earth pressure theory, Design of cantilever retaining wall.
Counter-fort Retaining wall: Behavior of counterfort retaining wall, Design of counterfort retaining
wall.

UNIT -III (9)


Rectangular Water Tank: Design requirements as per IS 3370–2021 Earth pressure on tank walls,
Uplift pressure on the floor of the tank, Design principles of underground rectangular water tank.
Circular Water Tank: Joints in water tanks, Circular water tank with rigid joint between floor and
wall, Wall with hinged base and free top, Wall monolithic with elastic base and hinged at top.

UNIT–IV (9)
Intz Tank: Elements of Intz tank, Design of top dome, Design of top ring beam, Design of bottom
dome, Design of bottom ring beam and Design of conical bottom.
Foundations: Design of raft foundation, Effective length of pile, Reinforcement in piles, Under-
reamed piles, Pile cap, Grade beams, Design of pile foundation.

Text Book(s):
[1] N. Subramanian, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, 2nd ed., New Delhi: Oxford Higher
Education, 2014.
Reference Book(s):
[1] N. Krishna Raju, Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, 3rd ed., New Delhi: PHI Publications, 2014.
[2] P. C. Varghese, Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, 2nd ed., New Delhi: CBS Publishers and
Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
[3] B. C. Punmia, Reinforced Concrete Structures, Volume I, II, III and IV, 7 th ed., New Delhi: Laxmi
Publishing Company, 2008.
[4] IS 456, Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards,
2000
[5] IS 875, Code of Practice for Design Loads – Part 1 to 5, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards, 2015
[6] IS 3370, Code for Water Tanks – Part 1 to 4, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards, 2021.
Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content
will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
Course Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of the course, students will be able to…
CO1: recommend guidelines for design of doglegged staircase & grid slab
CO2: appraise the importance of retaining walls and their designs
CO3: design and detail types of water retaining structures
CO4: design and reinforcement detailing of foundations

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE702A Advanced Structural Design


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE702A.1 2 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - -
CO2 U18CE702A.2 1 2 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - -
CO3 U18CE702A.3 2 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - -
CO4 U18CE702A.4 1 2 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - -
U18CE702A 1.5 1.5 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1.5 1.5 - -
U18CE702B HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
Class: B.Tech VII-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks
Course Learning Objectives:
This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: diversion head works and design of weirs
LO2: canal fall structure
LO3: regulation work and head regulators
LO4: cross drainage works and siphon aqueducts
UNIT-I (9)
Diversion Head works: Components, layout of diversion head work, weirs and barrages, types of weirs,
Bligh’s creep theory, Lane’s theory and Khosla’s theory on design of weirs on permeable foundations,
divide wall, fish ladder, under sluice, silt ejectors and silt excluders, upstream and downstream protection
measures.
Design of Weir: Vertical Drop Weir – hydraulic calculations for fixing various elevations, design of weir
wall, design of impervious aprons, design of inverted filter and downstream talus
UNIT-II (9)
Canal fall: Canal Fall, necessity, location and types of falls, cistern design, design principles of slopping
glacis fall.
Design of fall structure: Fall with baffle Wall - baffle platform, baffle wall, cistern, upstream wings,
downstream wings, downstream wings, downstream glacis.
UNIT-III (9)
Regulation works: Head regulators and cross regulators, design principles of head regulator and cross
regulator.
Design of Head regulators: Head regulator – crest levels, conditions of flow for design, cistern level, length
of downstream floor, cut-offs, total floor length, uplift pressures and floor thickness, protection works.
UNIT-IV (9)
Cross drainage works: Types of cross drainage works, necessity and selection, design principles of
aqueduct and siphon aqueduct, bank connections, bed and bank protection. river meandering -causes, river
training works, groynes and guide banks.
Design of Siphon Aqueduct: Siphon aqueduct – design of drainage waterway, design of canal waterway,
design of bed levels, design of transitions, design of trough, and uplift on bottom floor of barrel.
Text Book(s):
[1] S. K. Garg, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, 33rded. New Delhi: Khanna Publishers, 2019.
Reference Books:
[1] K. R. Arora, Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering,3rd ed. New Delhi: Standard Publications,
2002.
[2] B. C. Punmia, Irrigation and Water Power Engineering, 16th ed. New Delhi: Standard Publishers, 2009.
[3] G. L. Asawa, Irrigation Engineering, 4th ed. New Delhi: New Age Publications, 2005.
Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be posted by the course faculty in Course Web page
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in Course
Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: design of diversion head works
CO2: recommend fall structure
CO3: design of regulatory works
CO4: propose cross drainage works

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE702BHydraulic Structures


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE702B.1 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 1 1
CO2 U18CE702B.2 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 1 1
CO3 U18CE702B.3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE702B.4 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 1 1
U18CE702B 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 1 1
U18CE702CSUSTAINABLE MATERIALS AND GREEN BUILDINGS

Class: B.Tech.VII – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks
Course Learning Objectives (LOs):
This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: concepts of sustainability and governing principles
LO2:green and sustainable building materials
LO3:energy and carbon reduction in buildings
LO4:building performance towards sustainability

UNIT-I(9)
Sustainability concepts: Pillars, circle, need, Engineering principles and systems approach to
sustainability.
Environmental concerns: Consumption and depletion of natural resources, Land use patterns, Climate
change, Global warming, National and International policies, and regulations of sustainability.
UNIT-II (9)
Sustainable building materials: Materials, qualities, uses, natural building materials, locally available
and manufactured materials, biomaterials, salvaged and recycled materials, nontoxic materials: low
volatile organic compound (VOC) paints, coating and adhesives.
Selection of sustainable materials: Challenges in selecting green materials, pragmatic view of green
materials, priorities in selection process, Life cycle assessment of building materials, Sustainable
concrete production.
UNIT-III(9)
Energy and carbon reduction: Building energy issues, High performance building design strategy, goal
setting for high performance, Passive design strategy – shape, orientation, and massing, lighting,
ventilation, passive cooling, composite beam and panel, funicular shells, filler slabs, reinforced concrete
masonry, vaulted roofs, Ferro-cement walls.
Applications in the built environment:Concepts of green buildings, climate responsive building,
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ), issues, factors, Acoustics transmission, Lighting quality, Thermal
comfort conditions, Odours, Volatile Organic compounds, Humidity, Integrated IEQ.
UNIT-IV (9)
Indian green building rating systems:Sustainable Buildings,Green building rating systems: IGBC and
GRIHA tools for building assessment, Codes and regulations for green building.
Future of sustainable buildings: Business case of high performance green buildings,Design and
construction strategies, Reinventing the construction industry, challenges and opportunities.
Text Books:
[1]. C. J.Kibert,Sustainable Construction Green Building Design and Delivery, 3rd ed. Canada: John Wiley & Sons,
2014.(Chapters 4,6,7,8,9,11, 12, 13&15)
[2]. S. Goodhew, Sustainable Construction Processes, 1st ed. London: John Wiley & Sons, 2016. (Chapters 1-9)
Reference Books:
[1]. ISO 15392 Sustainability in Buildings and civil engineering works – General Principles, 2nd ed, 2019
[2]. G. M. Sabnis, Green Building with concrete – sustainable design and construction, 1st ed. London: CRC Press, 2016.
[3]. G. S. Kainth, Climate Change, Sustainable Development and India, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing, 2011.
[4]. Sustainable Building - Design Manual Part 1 & 2, The Energy and Resources Institute, TERI, 2004.
[5]. L. Reeder, Guide to Green Building Rating Systems: Understanding LEED, Green Globes, John Wiley & Sons
publisher 2010.
[6]. M. Robertson, Sustainability Principles and Practice, 2nd ed. London: Routledge publisher, 2014.
[7]. T. R. Rider, S. Glass, J. McNaughton, Understanding Green Building Materials, W.W.Norton and Company,
2011.
[8]. C. Cameselle, J. A. Adams, and K. R. Reddy,Sustainable Engineering: Drivers, Metrics, Tools, and Applications, 1st
ed. US: John Wiley & Sons, 2019.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be posted by the course faculty in Course Web page
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
Course Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1:infer the significance of sustainability in construction engineering
CO2:appraise and select sustainable building materials
CO3:interpret the energy and carbon reduction strategies
CO4:rate and propose sustainable building

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE702C Sustainable Materials and Green Buildings


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE702C.1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 2 1 -
CO2 U18CE702C.2 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 2 1 1
CO3 U18CE702C.3 1 - 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 2 1 1
CO4 U18CE702C.4 1 - 2 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 2 1 1
U18CE702C 1 - 1.5 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 2 1 1
U18CE703A STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
Class: B.Tech. VII Semester Branch: Civil Engineering
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives:


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: theory of vibration related to dynamic motion
LO2: single and multi-degree freedom system
LO3: analysis of forced vibration on discrete and continuous systems
LO4: earthquake effect on structures
UNIT – I (9)
Theory of Vibrations: Elements of vibratory system, degrees of freedom, oscillatory motion, simple
harmonic motion, free vibrations of single degree of freedom system, un-damped and damped vibrations,
critical damping, logarithmic decrement.
Fundamentals of Structural Dynamics: Objectives of dynamic analysis, types of prescribed loading,
methods of discretization, formulation of equations of motion by different methods, direct equilibration
using Newton’s law of motion / D-Alembert’s principle.
UNIT – II (9)
Single Degree of Freedom Systems: Formulation and solution of the equation of motion, free vibration
response, response to harmonic, periodic, impulsive and general dynamic loadings.
Multi Degree of Freedom Systems: Selection of the degrees of freedom, evaluation of structural property
matrices, formulation of the MDOF equations of motion, un-damped free vibrations, solutions of Eigen
value problem for natural frequencies and mode shapes, analysis of dynamic response, orthogonal
properties of normal modes.
UNIT – III(9)
Vibration Analysis of single degree freedom systems: Stodola’s method, fundamental mode analysis.
Vibration Analysis of Multi degree freedom systems: Vibration of two and multi degree of freedom
systems, concept of normal mode, free vibration problems and determination of natural frequencies.
UNIT – IV (9)
Application of I.S. Code method: I. S. Code method of analysis, seismic coefficient method.
Continuous Systems: Flexural vibrations of beams, elementary case, derivation of governing differential
equation of motion, analysis of un-damped free vibrations of beams in flexure, natural frequencies and
mode shapes of simple beams with different end conditions.
Textbook:
[1]. M. Paz, Structural Dynamics, 3rd ed., New Delhi: C. B. S Publishers, 2009.
Reference Books:
[1]. R.W. Clough., J. Penzien, Dynamics of Structures, 3rd ed., New York: McGraw Hill, 2013.
[2]. K. A. Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, 5th ed., New Delhi: Pearson Education (Singapore), 2020.
[3]. I.S: 1893 - 2002, Code of practice for Earthquake resistant design of Structures, 5th Rev., New Delhi,
Bureau of Indian standards, 2016.
Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content
will be postedby the course faculty in CourseWeb page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in
CourseWeb page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
CourseWeb page.Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1: apply the theory of vibrations to structural elements
CO2: evaluate the response for single and multi-degree of freedom system
CO3: apply the vibration analysis to beams
CO4: appraise methods of earthquake analysis

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE703A Structural Dynamics


CO PO1 PO 2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4

CO1 U18CE703A.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 U18CE703A.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 U18CE703A.3 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE703A.4 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1
U18CE703A 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1
U18CE703B FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
Class: B.Tech. VII -Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: site investigation andshallow foundations
LO2: deep foundations and caissons
LO3: foundation on expansive soils andanalysis of slope stability
LO4: earth pressures and machine foundations

UNIT – I (9)

Site investigation: Types of exploration, Types of samplers, Standard penetration test, Static and dynamic
cone penetration tests, Plate load test, Types of foundations, Types of loads on foundations, Choice of
foundations.
Shallow foundations: Bearing capacity - Definitions and theories -Terzaghi, Meyerhof, Skempton and
Vesic, Terzaghi’s bearing capacity equation, Effect of size, shape, ground water table, depth of embedment
and load inclination on bearing capacity, Field determination of bearing capacity, Settlement of
foundations, Elastic settlements, Permissible settlements.

UNIT – II (9)
Deep foundations: Pile Foundations - Classification of piles, Load bearing capacity of piles, Static
formulae, Negative skin friction, Dynamic formulae, Engineering News Record(ENR) and Hiley’s
formulae, Pile load tests, Group action of piles, Pile groups in sand, gravel and clay, Settlement of pile
groups.
Caissons: Types of well foundations, Construction of well foundation, Sinking of open wells, Pneumatic
caissons, Box caissons and rectification methods.

UNIT – III (9)


Foundations on expansive soils: Identification and problems, Design considerations, Under reamed piles.
Slope stability analysis: Infinite and finite slopes, Types of slope failures, Factors of safety, Stability
analysis of finite slope by Swedish and Friction circle methods, Taylor’s stability number, Stability analysis
of earthen dams.

UNIT – IV (9)
Earth pressures: Types of lateral earth pressure – Active, at rest and passive earth pressure, Rankine’s and
Coulomb’s earth pressure theories, Culmann’s graphical solution.
Machine foundations: Types, Degree of freedom of block foundation, Design parameters for field
methods, Cyclic plate load test, Block vibration test, Design criteria and detailing, Vibration analysis.

Text Book:
[1] K. R. Arora, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, 9th ed. New Delhi, Standard Publishers, 2013.

Reference Books:
[1] Srinivasulu and Vaidyanathan, Handbook of Machine Foundations, 1st ed. New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2013.
[2] R. ShenbagaKaniraj, Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, 1st ed. New Delhi, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., 2017.
[3] K. Shashi Gulhati, Manoj Datta, Geotechnical Engineering, 18thed. New Delhi, McGraw hill Publications,
2014.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be posted by the course faculty in Course Web page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
Course Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: appraise site conditions and shallow foundations
CO2: estimate the bearing capacity of soils and foundation settlements
CO3: interpret expansive soils and examine the stability of slopes
CO4: assess earth pressures and design machine foundations

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE703B Foundation Engineering


CO PO1 PO 2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO 10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4

CO1 U18CE702B.1 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - 1
CO2 U18CE702B.2 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - 1
CO3 U18CE702B.3 1 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - 1
CO4 U18CE702B.4 1 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - 1
U18CE702B 1 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - 1
U18CE703C REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

Class: B. Tech. VII-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: maintenance and deterioration of concrete structures
LO2: evaluation and non-destructive tests on concrete structures
LO3: essential parameters for repair materials and selection of repair materials
LO4: repair techniques and health monitoring of concrete structures

UNIT – I (9)
Maintenance and Inspection: Importance and requirement of maintenance, category of inspection and
maintenance, aspects and periods of inspection, preliminary, detailed and rapid visual Inspection,
overview of maintenance of buildings.
Deterioration of concrete structures: Site survey ,need for repair and rehabilitation, disintegration of RCC
Structures, major causes and signs of deterioration - Accidental loading, chemical reactions, corrosion,
freezing and thawing, settlement, movement, shrinkage, temperature changes, durability and
permeability aspects, cracks, types, causes and characteristics.

UNIT – II (9)
Evaluation of concrete structures: Condition evaluation of RCC structures, objective and stages of
condition assessment.
In-situ and Laboratory testing of concrete: Non destructive and semi destructive tests for strength
assessment-Rebound hammer test, Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity (UPV), core sampling and testing, chemical
tests - carbonation test , chloride content, corrosion potential assessment - cover meter survey, half cell
potential test, break off test and Penetration test.

UNIT – III (9)


Essential Parameters for Repair Materials: Low Shrinkage, requisite setting/hardening properties,
workability, bond with the substrate, compatible coefficient of thermal expansion, compatible mechanical
properties & strength, minimal or no curing requirement, alkalinity, low air & water permeability,
aesthetics, cost, durability, non-hazardous/non-polluting.
Materials for Repair: Premixed cement concrete/mortars, Polymer modified mortars and concrete
(PMM/PMC), Epoxies and Epoxy systems including Epoxy mortars/concretes, polyester resins, surface
coatings, micro concrete.

UNIT – IV (9)
Repair Techniques: Repairs using mortars, shotcrete, concrete replacement, epoxy bonded concrete, silica
fume concrete, polymer concrete system, resin modified cement slurry injection, Ferro-cement, plate
bonding, fiber wrap technique, RCC Jacketing, repair/strengthening columns, beams and slabs, seismic
retrofitting, crack stitching and gravity filling.

Structural Health Monitoring and Demolition of Buildings: System components, classification and
process of Structural Health Monitoring, dilapidated structures, demolition planning, techniques,
sequence and precautionary measures.

Text Books:
[1] P. Modi, C. Patel, Repair and Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures, 1st ed., New Delhi, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 2019.
Reference Books:
[1] Central Public Works Department (CPWD), Handbook on Repair and Rehabilitation of R.C.C
Buildings, New Delhi, Government of India, 2002.
[2] J. Bhattacharjee, Concrete Structures-Repair, Rehabilitation and Retrofitting, 1st ed., New Delhi, CBS
Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2017.
[3] R. N. Raikar, Diagnosis and treatment of structures in distress, 1st ed., Mumbai, R and D Centre of
Structural Designers and Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 1994.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content
will
be posted by the course faculty in Course Web page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course
projects titles in Course Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment
with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: appraise importance and need for rehabilitation and maintenance of structures
CO2: evaluate strength of concrete through non destructive and semi destructive tests
CO3: perceive essential parameters of repair materials and their selection
CO4: develop repair methods and monitor concrete structures

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE703C REPAIR AND REHABILITATION STRUCTURES


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4
CO1 U18CE703C.1 2 2 - 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
CO2 U18CE703C.2 2 2 - 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
CO3 U18CE703C.3 2 2 - 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
CO4 U18CE703C.4 2 2 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
U18CE703C 2 1 - 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
U18CE704HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
Class: B.Tech.VII – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks
Course Learning Objectives:
This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: development and geometric design of highways
LO2: traffic flow characteristics and traffic studies
LO3: highway materials, design of flexible, rigid pavements
LO4: maintenance, evaluation and highway drainage
UNIT – I (9)
Highway Development:Development of road construction, development in India, planning surveys and
interpretation, alignment, engineering surveys for alignment.

Geometric Design of Highway:Cross section elements, Sight distance – stopping sight distance, overtaking
sight distance and intermediate sight distance, Design of horizontal alignment – design speed, horizontal
curve, super elevation, radius of horizontal curve, widening of pavement, transition curves, Design of
vertical alignment – gradient, vertical curves.
UNIT – II (9)
Traffic Flow: Characteristics- relation between speed, flow and density, traffic capacity, level of service
(LOS), factors affecting capacity and LOS, Traffic Control-purpose of traffic signal, signal warrants, Signal
design – Webster’s method, IRC method.
TrafficStudies:Traffic volume studies, spot speed studies, speed and delay studies, origin and destination
studies, parking studies.
UNIT – III (9)
Pavement Materials:Soil-Index properties, classification, CBR, compaction, sub-grade soil strength,
Aggregate – desirable properties, tests on road aggregates, Bituminous binders–types, tests on bitumen,
grading of bitumen, Bituminous mixes–requirements, constituents, design, Pavement quality concrete-
materials and requirements.
Pavement Design:Types, components and functions, factors, design of flexible and rigid pavements using
IRC method, water bound macadam, dense bituminous macadam.
UNIT – IV (9)
Pavement Maintenance and Evaluation:Classification of highway maintenance, Distresses in flexible
pavements and maintenance measures, Structural evaluation of flexible pavements, Pavement overlay
design using benkelman beam deflection method, distresses in rigid pavements and maintenance
measures, road safety audit process, principles of road safety.
Highway Drainage:Requirements and importance of highway drainage, Surface and subsurface drainage,
Collection of surface water, Design aspects of surface drainage system – hydrologic analysis and hydraulic
analysis, sub-surface drainage measures.
Textbook:
[1]. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, A. Veeraraghavan, Highway Engineering, 10thed., Roorkee: Nem Chand
& Bros, 2015.
Reference Books:
[1]. E. J. Yoder and M. W. Witezak, Principles of Pavement Design, 2nded., New York: John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2012.
[2]. L. R. Kadiyali, Principles of Highway Engineering, 9thed., New Delhi: Khanna Publishers, 2017.
[3]. Yang. H. Huang, Pavement Analysis and Design, 2nded., New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.
[4]. IRC 37 (2018): Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements.
[5]. IRC 58 (2015): Guidelines for the design of plain jointed rigid pavements for highways.
[6]. IRC 81 (1997): Guidelines for Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavements using Benkelman Beam
Deflection Technique.
[7]. IRC SP 88 (2019): Manual on Road Safety Audit
[8]. MoRTH code: Fifth revision (2013)

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be postedby the course faculty in CourseWeb page
Course Patents:Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb
page
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty.Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
CourseWeb page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1: summarize highway planning and geometric design elements
CO2: design the signal time using traffic flow characteristics
CO3: recommend suitable highway materials & design flexible and rigid pavement
CO4: analyze pavement failures, overlays and highway drainage

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE704 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE704.1 2 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO2 U18CE704.2 2 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO3 U18CE704.3 2 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE704.4 2 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE704 2 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE705 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. VII-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40marks
- - 3 2 End Semester Examination 60marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…


LO1: properties of aggregate for pavements
LO2: properties of bitumen
LO3: marshall mix design
LO4: traffic volume and traffic speed

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of abrasion value for aggregate
2. Determination of impact value for aggregate
3. Determination of shape indices for aggregate
4. Determination of specific gravity of aggregate & bitumen
5. Determination of sand equivalent value test and soundness test on aggregates
6. Determination of ductility value and flash point for bitumen
7. Determination of softening point and penetration value for bitumen
8. Determination of absolute and kinematic viscosity tests for bitumen
9. Determination of bitumen extraction test
10. Determination of flow value through Marshall stability test
11. Determination of peak hour volume through traffic volume studies
12. Demonstration for evaluation of traffic speed
13. Demonstration on Road Safety of Intersection Design
14. Demonstration on Design of 4-legged rotary intersection

Laboratory Manual:
[1]. “Highway Engineering Laboratory Manual”, prepared by faculty of Department of Civil Engineering.

Text books:
[1]. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, A.Veeraragavan, Highway Material Testing, Roorkee: Nem Chand and Bros
Publications, 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos):


After completion of the course, the student will be able to…
CO1: judge the properties of aggregates
CO2: recommend grade of bitumen for pavement construction
CO3: design bituminous mix using Marshal method design
CO4: predict the vehicular traffic behavior
Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE8705 – HIGHWAY ENGINEERING LABORATORY
PO PO PO P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS PS
CO
1 2 3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3 O4
CO1 U18CE705.1 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
CO2 U18CE705.2 2 - - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 - - 1
CO3 U18CE705.3 2 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE705.4 2 1 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE705 2 1 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE706 CIVIL ENGINEERING SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS LABORATORY
Class: B.Tech. VII – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
- – 2 1 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives:


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…
LO1: structural elements using STAAD Pro
LO2: horizontal alignment, rail-tracking placing and flexible and rigid airfield pavements
LO3: water hammer analysis and water distribution system
LO4: soil bearing capacity and pile load capacity

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Analysis and design of RCC beams using STAAD.Pro and validation by manual method.
2. Analysis and design of RCC columns using STAAD.Pro and validation by manual method.
3. Analysis and design of RCC slabs using MS Excel / MAT LAB and validation by manual
method.
4. Analysis and design of Isolated RCC footings using STAAD Foundation Advanced and
validation by manual method.
5. Analysis and design of steel beams using STAAD.Pro and validation by manual method.
6. Analysis and design of steel columns using STAAD.Pro and validation by manual method.
7. Analysis and design of roof truss using STAAD.Pro and validation by manual method.
8. Design of horizontal alignment using MX road.
9. Design of rail track- placing and connecting turnouts by using ln-Roads software.
10. Design of flexible and rigid airfield pavements using FAARFIELD.
11. Analysis of water hammer in a pipe using EPANET/BENTLEY (HAMMER)
12. Building a water distribution system using EPANET/BENTLEY (WaterGEMS)
13. Determination of soil bearing capacity using MS Excel/MAT LAB.
14. Determination of pile load capacity using MS Excel/MAT LAB.

Laboratory Manual:
[1]. Civil Engineering Software Applications Laboratory Manual, prepared by the faculty of Civil
Engineering.

Textbook:
[1]. Manual of STAAD.Pro V8i, Bentley Software.
[2]. Manual of MX Roads, Bentley Software.
[3]. Manual of In-Roads, Bentley Software.
[4]. Manual of FAARFIELD.
[5]. Manual of EPANET/ HAMMER, WaterGEMS, Bentley Software.
[6]. S. U. Pillai, D. Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, 3rd ed., New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
PublishingCompany Limited, 2011.
[7]. S. S. Bhavikatti, Design of Steel Structures: By Limit State Method as Per IS: 800-2007, 3rd ed., New
Delhi: International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
[8]. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, A. Veeraraghavan, ”Highway Engineering”, 10th ed., Roorkee: Nem
Chand and Bros., 2014.
[9]. K. R. Arora, “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, 9th ed., New Delhi: Standard Publishers,
2013.
[10]. K. Subramanya, “Engineering Hydrology”, 3rd ed., New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill Book Co.,
2011.
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1: design structural elements using STAAD Pro
CO2: propose horizontal alignment, rail-tracking placing and flexible and rigid airfield pavements
CO3: demonstrate water hammer and water distribution system
CO4: calculate soil bearing capacity and load capacity of piles

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE706 Civil Engineering Software Applications Laboratory


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE706.1 1 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 U18CE706.2 1 1 2 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 U18CE706.3 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 U18CE706.4 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
U18CE706 1 1 1.50 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL
(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EVALUATION
VIII SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH DEGREE PROGRAMME

Periods/week Credits Evaluation Scheme


Sl. No Category Course Code Course Title CIE Total
L T P C ESE Marks
TA MSE Total
1 PE U18CE801 Professional Elective – V / MOOC-V 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
2 PE U18CE802 Professional Elective – VI / MOOC-VI 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
3 OE U18OE803 Open Elective - IV / MOOC-VII 3 - - 3 10 30 40 60 100
4 PROJ U18CE804 Major Project - Phase – II - - 14 7 40 - 40 60 100
Total: 9 - 14 16 70 90 160 240 400
Additional Learning*:Maximum credits allowed for Honours/Minor - - - 7 - - - - -
Total credits for Honours/Minor students: - - - 16+7 - - - - -
 List of courses for additional learning through MOOCs towards Honours/Minor in Engineering shall be prescribed by the department under Honours/
Minor Curricula

[L= Lecture, T = Tutorials, P = Practical’s & C = Credits] Total Contact Periods/Week: 23 Total Credits : 16

Professional Elective-V / MOOC-V : Professional Elective-VI / MOOC-VI : Open Elective-IV / MOOC-VII :


U18CE801A: Prestressed Concrete U18CE802A: Earthquake Resistant Design of U18OE803A: Operations Research
U18CE801B: Railway and Airport Engineering Structures U18OE803B: Management Information Systems
U18CE801C: Construction Contracts Management U18CE802B: Earth Retaining Structures U18OE803C: Entrepreneurship Development
U18CE801M: MOOCs U18CE802C: Bridge Engineering U18OE803D: Forex and Foreign Trade
U18CE802M: MOOCs U18OE803M: MOOCs
U18CE801A PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
Class: B.Tech VIII-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (Los):


This course will develop students' knowledge in/on
LO1: prestressed concrete and prestressing systems
LO2: losses of prestress and analysis of prestressed concrete sections
LO3: design of sections in flexure and shear
LO4: transfer of prestress and its methods

UNIT–I (9)
Elements of Prestressed concrete: Historical development, concepts of pre-stressing, terminology,
advantages, applications of prestressed concrete, pre-tensioning and post-tensioning.
Prestressing Systems: Hoyer, Freyssinet, Magnelblaton and Lee-Mc call system, material properties, need
for high strength steel and high strength concrete.

UNIT–II (9)
Analysis of Sections: Stress, strength, load balancing concepts, effect of loading on the tensile stresses in
tendons, effect of tendon profile on deflections, factors influencing deflections, calculation of short term
and long-term deflections.
Losses in Prestress: Loss of prestress in pre-tensioned and post-tensioned members due to various causes
like elastic shortening of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, relaxation of steel, slip in
anchorage, bending of member and frictional loss.
UNIT–III (9)
Design for Flexure: Allowable stresses, elastic design of simple beams having rectangular and I-section
for flexure, kern lines, cable profile and cable layout.
Design for Shear: Shear and principal stresses, shear improvement techniques, horizontal, sloping and
vertical prestressing, analysis of rectangular beam and I–section, design of shear reinforcement, Indian
code provisions.

UNIT–IV (9)
Transfer of Prestress: Transmission of prestressing force by bond, transmission length, flexural bond
stresses, IS code provisions, anchorage zone stresses in post-tensioned members, stress distribution in
end block.
Methods of transfer: Analysis by approximate method, Guyon and Magnel method, anchorage zone
reinforcement.

Text Book:
[1]. N. Krishna Raju, Prestressed concrete, 6th ed., New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2018.
Reference Books:
[1] S. Ramamrutham, Prestressed concrete, 5th ed., New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai publications Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
[2] T.Y.Lin, Design of prestressed concrete structures, 3rd ed., Mumbai: Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
[3] G.S. Ramaswamy, Modern prestressed concrete design, New Delhi: Arnold Heinimen, 2007.
[4] N. Rajagopalan, Prestressed Concrete, 2nd ed., Narosa publishers, 2010.
[5] S. K. Mallic and A. P. Gupta, Prestressed concrete, 4th ed., Oxford and IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
1987.
[6] IS 1343: 2012, Code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete, 2nd ed., New Delhi: Bureau of Indian Standards,
2012.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be posted by the course faculty in Course Web page
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in Course
Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to ...
CO1: appraise the concept of Prestressing in concrete
CO2: evaluate losses in prestress and analyze the sections
CO3: design prestressed concrete members in flexure and shear
CO4: estimate the transfer stresses in prestressed concrete

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE801A PRESTRESSED CONCRETE


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE801A.1 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
CO2 U18CE801A.2 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
CO3 U18CE801A.3 1 2 2 - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
CO4 U18CE801A.4 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 1
U18CE801A 1 2 2 - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
U18CE801B RAILWAY AND AIRPORT ENGINEERING
Class: B.Tech. VIII- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge on/in…
LO1: railway track alignment and its components
LO2: geometric design of railway line and stations layout
LO3: airport planning and geometric design
LO4: airport layout &maintenance, air traffic control

UNIT – I (9)
Railway Track gauge:Classification of railway lines, undertakings of ministry of railways, Gauges-types,
choice of gauge, problems caused by change of gauge, importance of good alignment, requirements of an
ideal alignment, traffic, reconnaissance, preliminary and final location surveys.
Components of Track:Requirements of a good track, maintenance, coning of wheels, Rails-functions,types,
rail wear, failures and flaw detection, Sleepers-functions and requirements, types and density, Ballast-
types, functions and requirements, formation, Creep-causes, effects, measurement and adjustments.

UNIT – II (9)
Geometric Design:Gradients, grade compensation, circular curves, super elevation, safe speed on curves,
transition curves, widening of gauge on curves, vertical curves, check rails.
Points and Crossing:Switches, tongue rails, crossing, turnouts, layout of turnout, classification of level
crossing, stations and Yards-dimensions, site selection, classification and layout of stations, marshalling
yard, locomotive yard, Rolling stock- types of locomotives, coaches and wagons, equipment at railway
stations.

UNIT – III (9)


Airport Planning: Aero plane component parts, field length regulations, weight components, classification
of flying activity, aircraft characteristics, airport master plan, regional planning, airport site selection,
surveys for site selection.
Runway and Taxiway Design: Zoning laws, classification of obstructions, approach zone and turning
zone, runway orientation, basic runway length, correction for elevation, temperature and gradient, runway
geometric design, factors controlling taxiway layout, geometric design standards, exit taxiways.

UNIT – IV (9)
Airport Capacity and Layout: Airport and runway capacity, runway configuration, terminal and building
area, parking area, apron, hangar, typical airport layouts.
Airport Maintenance and Air Traffic Control: Need for maintenance, failures in flexible and rigid
pavements, need of air traffic control, air traffic control network, Air traffic control aids – enroute aids and
landing aids.

Text Books:
[1] Satish Chandra and M. M. Agarwal, Railway Engineering, 2nded., New Delhi: Oxford Publishers, 2013.
(Chapters 1 – 4, 6 – 8, 11 – 14, 26 and 27)
[2] S. K. Khanna, M. G. Arora and S. S. Jain, Airport Planning and Design, 6thed., Roorkee: Nem Chand &
Bros, 2014. (Chapters 3 - 8, 10,11 and 13)
Reference Books:
[1] J. S. Mundrey, Railway Track Engineering, 4th ed., New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.
[2] Rangwala, Railway Engineering, 25thed., New Delhi: Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,2015.
[3] S. C. Saxena and S. P. Arora, A Text Book of Railway Engineering, New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
2015.
[4] G. Venkatapparao, Airport Engineering, 2nded., New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill, Inc., 1992.
[5] Rangwala, Airport Engineering, 17thed., New Delhi: Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2018.
[6] Subhash. C. Saxena, Airport Engineering and Planning, 1sted., New Delhi: CBS Publishers and
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,2014.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be postedby the course faculty in Course Web page
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in Course Web
page
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
Course Web page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: appraise railway components and track alignment
CO2: design the elements of railway track
CO3: propose the planning process& design the runway and taxiway length
CO4: interpret the airport capacity, airfield pavement failures and air traffic control

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18CE801B – RAILWAY AND AIRPORT ENGINEERING


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4
CO1 U18CE801B.1 1 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO2 U18CE801B.2 1 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO3 U18CE801B.3 1 2 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
CO4 U18CE801B.4 1 2 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE801B 1 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 - 1
U18CE801C Construction Contracts Management

Class: B.Tech.VIII – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks
Course Learning Objectives:
This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: tenders and construction contracts
LO2: contract documents, measurement and payments
LO3: contract management and their conditions
LO4: dispute Resolution, claims and variations
UNIT – I (9)
Tenders:Invitation, types, modes of invitation tenders, pre-qualification of tender, (Notice Inviting
Tenders (NIT), preparation and submission of tenders and irregularities, consideration and scrutiny of
tender, acceptance, rejection and correspondence.
Construction contracting:The Indian contract Act 1872, Provisions of the Act, Essentials of a valid
contract, contract documents, types of contracts – lumpsum, measurement, cost plus, Public Private
Partnership, Build operate and transfer, Engineering procurement construction.
UNIT-II (9)
Contracts documents: Contract forms, form of agreement, bond- performance bond, labour, material
payment bond, lein and maintenance; Conditions of contract - standard forms, specifications, drawings,
bill of quantities; Bidding procedures - Bid documents, requirements, procedures, receiving and opening
bids, bid evaluation award of contract.

Measurement and payment:FIDIC form (International federation of consulting engineers), Ministry of


Statistics and Programme Implementation, Government of India (MOS & PI), running bills, final bills,
advance payment, secured advance, escalation, interim payment certificate, overpayments and
underpayments, Breach of contract.

UNIT-III (9)
Contracts Performance Management: Monitoring and controlling, Technical and operational
performance of contracts, controlling risks, Incentives and penalties, Change order management.

Contract Conditions: Important contract clauses, Terms of payments, Retention, Acceptance and final
payment, Time of completion, Extension of time, Maintenance period, Termination of contract and
condition for termination.
UNIT-IV (9)
Claims and variations: Claims, factors affecting, Variations in work and conditions, Liquidated
damages. Rights, Responsibilities and duties of client (Owner). Architect, Engineer and Contractor.

Methods of Dispute Resolution: Negotiation, litigation, alternative dispute resolution (ADR)


techniques - partnering, mediation, arbitration, disputes review board (DRB), minitrials, importance of
documentation.

Text Books:
[1]. Akhtar Surahyo, UnderstandingConstruction Contracts, Springer International, 1st edition, Publishing, AG
2018. (Chapters - 7, 8, 12, 15, 17)
[2]. B. S. Patil and S. P. WoolhouseB.S. Patil’s Building and Engineering Contracts, 7th edition, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group,52 Vanderbilt Avenue New York, NY 10017. (Chapters - 1, 2, 7, 10, 5, 13, 14, 16)
Reference Books:

[1]. “CPWD 7/8: General Conditions of Contracts “, Govt of India, Central Public works Department. (old syllabus)
[2]. “Analysis of Rates for Delhi (Volume 1 and 2) and Delhi Schedule of Rates “, Govt of India, Central Public
Works Department.
[3]. Jimmie Hinze, “Construction Contracts”, McGraw Hill, 2001
[4]. V. K. Raina., “Construction and Contract Management” Shroff Publishers
[5]. B. S Ramaswamy, “Contracts and their Management”, LexisNexis India, 2008.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content
will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb
page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course
projects titles in CourseWeb page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment
with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1: summarize tenders and construction contracts
CO2: develop the documents of construction contracts, measurement and Payments
CO3: review contract management and conditions
CO4: predict claims, variations and recommend resolutions for disputes in contracts.

Course Articulation Matrix (Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs):


Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE801C Construction Contracts Management
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE801C.1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - 1

CO2 U18CE801C.2 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - 1

CO3 U18CE801C.3 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 - 1

CO4 U18CE801C.4 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 1 1

U18CE801C 1 2 - - - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 1 1
U18CE802A EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES

Class:B.Tech.VIII-Semester Branch:CivilEngineering (CE)


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C ContinuousInternalEvaluation 40marks
3 - - 3 EndSemesterExamination 60marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop student’s knowledge in/on….
LO1: engineering seismology and disaster mitigation
LO2: single and multi-degree of freedom systems
LO3: estimation of storey shear, torsional moments and seismic design of footings
LO4: retrofitting and restoration of reinforced concrete, masonry buildings

UNIT I (9)
Engineering Seismology:Geologyofearth,configurationoftectonicplatesinaglobe,influenceof Geology
on earthquake, behavior of plates, their motion and effects, causes of earthquake andtheir
characteristics, earthquake parameters, magnitudes, intensity, scales, seismic zoning of
India,seismiccoefficientsfordifferentzones.
Disaster Mitigation: Natural disasters, mitigation and social aspects, lessons from past earthquake,
Study of damages caused due to past, earthquakes in/outside India and remedial measures.

UNIT II (9)
Single Degree of Freedom Systems: Vibrations, causes, classifications, Single Degree of Freedom
systems (SDOF), free, un-damped vibrations.
Multi Degree of Freedom systems: Introduction to Multi-Degrees of Freedom systems (MDOF),
derivations of related equations and solutions to two degree of freedom systems.

UNIT III (9)


SeismicdesignofSymmetricalRCstructures:EffectofearthquakeonRCstructure,ISprovision,seismic
coefficient method, basic requirements, estimation of story shear.
Seismic design of Unsymmetrical RC structures: Effect of unsymmetrical geometry and masses,
mass center and stiffness center, estimation of story shear and torsional moments for
unsymmetrical buildings.
UNIT IV (9)
SeismicBaseIsolation:Necessity and typesof base
isolationsystems,Configurationandqualitativebehaviorofisolatedbuilding.
AnalysisofStructureswithSeismicIsolationSystems:BehaviorofRCstructureswithisolationsystems,revi
ewofbuildingcoderequirements.

Text Book:
[1]. S.K. Duggal, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, 2nd ed., New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
2013.

Reference Books:
[1]. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, 2 nd ed.,
PrenticeHallofIndiaPublications, 2014.
[2]. R.W. Clough and J.Penzien,Dynamics of Structures 3rd ed., Mc Graw Hill Civil Engineering Series,
2015.
[3]. Anil Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, 3rded., Prentice Hall India Publications, 2015.
[4]. Jaikrishna, Chandarsekaran and Brijesh Chandra,ElementsofEarthquakeEngineering,1sted., New Delhi:
SouthAsianPublishers, 1994.
[5]. Relevant Latest Revisions of IS codes. IS1893, IS4326, IS13920, IS13827, IS13828, IS13935.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will be posted
by the course faculty in CourseWeb page.
Course Patents:Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course period, under
the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in Course Web page. Students are
encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course LearningOutcomes(COs):
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to…
CO1: review basics of engineering seismology and disaster mitigation
CO2: analyze single and multi-degree of freedom systems
CO3: estimate storey shear and torsional moments for R.C. frames
CO4: elucidate methods of retrofitting and restoration of reinforced concrete, masonry buildings

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE802A EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
CO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE802A.1 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
CO2 U18CE802A.2 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 - 1
CO3 U18CE802A.3 2 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 - 1
CO4 U18CE802A.4 2 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 - 1
U18CE802A 2 2 1.50 2 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
U18CE802B EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES

Class:B.TechVIII-Semester Branch:CivilEngineering (CE)

TeachingScheme:ExaminationScheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in /on
LO1: principles of earth and rock fill dams
LO2: stabilization of retaining walls
LO3: design of sheet pile walls and loads on conduits
LO4: components of braced cuts and cofferdams

UNIT–I (9)
Earth Dams: Types, site selection, methods of construction, densities, pore water pressure and its
significance, dam failures- hydraulic, seepage and structural failures, design criteria, slope stability,
seepage control in earth dams, design of filters, slope protection, advantages and disadvantages of earthen
dams.
Rock fill dams: Site selection, types, construction methods, merits and demerits.

UNIT–II (9)
Earth retaining Walls: Types, design principles, gravity and cantilever retaining walls, constructional
aspects, expansion and contraction joints.
Mechanically stabilized retaining Walls: Soil reinforcement, design considerations, design with metallic
strip reinforcement, retaining wall with geo-textile reinforcement
UNIT–III (9)
Underground Conduits: Types-positive, negative projecting, ditch, imperfect ditch, tunnel conduits, loads
and construction of conduits.
Sheet pile Walls: Types, Uses, Design of cantilever sheet pile walls in granular and cohesive soils, design
of anchored sheet pile walls by free earth method in granular and cohesive soils.

UNIT–IV (9)
Braced cuts: Lateral earth pressure on sheeting in sand and clayey soils, Types of sheeting and bracing
system, Design components of braced cuts, Safety of bottom of excavation against boiling and heave.
Coffer Dams: Types, uses, relative merits and demerits, design of circular cellular cofferdam by TVA
method on rocks and on soil.

Text Books:
[1]. M.BrajaDas,Principlesoffoundationengineering, 9thed., United States: Cengage Publications, 2019. (Chapters
8,9,10)
[2]. S. K. Garg, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, 30thed., New Delhi: Khanna Publishers,2013.
(Chapter 20)

Reference Books:
[1]. K.R.Arora,SoilMechanicsandFoundationEngineering, 9thed., NewDelhi: S t a n d a r d Publisher
Distributors,2013.
[2]. SwamiSaran,AnalysisandDesignofSubstructuresLimitStateDesign, 9thed., New Delhi: OxfordandIBH
`PublishingCompany,Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
[3]. Joesph E. Bowles,Foundation Analysis and Design,5th ed., Singapore: McGraw-Hill education,2001.
[4]. Peck,HansonandThornborn,FoundationEngineering, 2nd ed., NewYork:JohnWileyPublications,1974.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb
page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in
CourseWeb page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):


Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to…
CO1: design earth and rock fill dams
CO2: demonstrate stabilization of retaining walls
CO3: design sheet pile walls and conduits
CO4: illustrate the components of braced cuts and cofferdams

U18CE802B-PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE- IV: EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES


CO PO 1 PO 2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO 6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO11PO 12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO 4

CO1 U18CE802B.1 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
CO2 U18CE802B.2 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
CO3 U18CE802B.3 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
CO4 U18CE802B.4 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1
U18CE802B 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
U18CE802C BRIDGE ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech. VIII – Semester Branch: Civil Engineering (CE)

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives:


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: loads and design considerations of bridges
LO2: design of deck slab and T-Beam bridges
LO3: bridge bearings and bridge appurtenances
LO4: elements of bridge sub-structure

UNIT–I (9)

Bridges and their loading: Types of bridges, materials for construction, codes of practice- railway and
highway bridges, design loads and IRC standard loading.
Hydraulic Design: Planning, layout, hydraulic geometry, linear water ways, economic spans, afflux,
scour, geological and geotechnical considerations.

UNIT–II (9)

Deck Slab Bridge: Types, functions, design of reinforced cement concrete road bridge as per IRC loading.
T-Beam Bridge: Analysis of beams, Courbon’s method, design of T-beam bridge.

UNIT–III (9)

Bearings: Types and functions, forces and materials, design of elastomeric pad bearing.
Bridge Appurtenances: Expansion joints, design of joint railings, drainage systems and lighting.

UNIT–IV (9)

Sub-Structure: Loads acting on substructure, design of pier and pier cap, stability analysis of abutments,
retaining and wing walls.
Bridge Foundations: Types, design of shallow and deep foundations.

Text Books:
[1]. T.R. Jagdish and M.A. Jayaram, Design of Bridge Structures, 3rd ed. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 2020.
Reference Books:
[1]. N. Krishna Raju, Design of Bridges, 5th ed. New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2019.
[2]. D. Johnson Victor, Essentials of Bridge Engineering, 6th ed. New Delhi: IBH Publishing Co.Ltd., 2019.
[3]. IRC 5: 2015 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, 8th revision, New Delhi: The
Indian Road Congress, 2015.
[4]. IRC 6: 2017 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, 7th revision, New Delhi: The
Indian Road Congress, 2014.
[5]. IRC 21: 2000 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, 3rd revision, New Delhi: The
Indian Road Congress, 2000.
[6]. IRC 83: 2018 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section IX – Bearings
(Elastomeric Bearings), Part II, 2nd revision, New Delhi: The Indian Road Congress, 2018.
[7]. BIS, IS 456:2000, Code of practice for Plain and reinforced concrete, 5th revision, New Delhi: Bureau of
Indian standards,2000.

Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will
be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb page.
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb
page.
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course
period, under the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course
projects titles in CourseWeb page. Students are encouraged to come up and experiment
with the ideas that interest them.
Course Learning Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1: appraise loads and design specification for bridges
CO2: design deck slab and T-Beam bridge
CO3: recommend types of bearing and appurtenances
CO4: evaluate the behavior of sub-structure elements

Course Articulation Matrix: U18CE802C Bridge Engineering


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSOPSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1 U18CE802C .1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1
CO2 U18CE802C .2 1 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
CO3 U18CE802C .3 1 1 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 U18CE802C .4 1 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 2 1 1
U18CE802C 1 1.50 1.75 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 2 1.75 1 1
U18OE803A - OPEARTIONS RESEARCH
Class: B. Tech.VIII – Semester Branch(s): ME, CSE, IT
CE, EEE, ECE, EIE
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks


3 – – 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives:


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: concepts to solve linear programming problems which arise in real life using various methods and their advantages
LO2: applications of linear programming namely transportation and assignment problems which arise in different engineering
fields.
LO3: non-linearity in optimization problems, direct search techniques and iterative methods.
LO4: various queuing systems and their practical relevance.
UNIT – I(9)
Linear Programming Problem (LPP): Mathematical models and basic concepts of linear programming
problem; Solution of linear programming problem - Graphical method, Simplex method, Artificial
variable techniques (Big-M and Two-phase method), Duality in linear programming, dual simplex
method.
UNIT – II (9)
Special types of LPP: Mathematical model of transportation problem, Methods of finding initial basic
feasible solution, optimal solution of transportation problem, Degeneracy in transportation problem;
Exceptional cases in transportation problem- Unbalanced transportation problem, Maximization
transportation problem; Assignment problem- Mathematical formulation of the problem, Hungarian
method to solve an assignment problem, Special cases in assignment problem- Maximization assignment
problem.
UNIT – III (9)
Non-linear Programming Problem (NLPP): Classical method of optimization using Hessian matrix;
Iterative methods - Random search methods-Random jump method, Random walk method, Steepest
decent method and Conjugate gradient method; Direct methods - Lagrange’s method, Kuhn-Tucker
conditions.
UNIT – IV (9)
Queueing Theory: Queueing system- Elements and operating characteristics of a queuing system;
Probability distributions in queueing systems- Distribution of arrivals (Pure Birth Process); Classification of
queueing models; Poisson queueing systems- Study of various characteristics of single server queuing
model having infinite population M / M / 1 :  / FIFO and single server queuing model having finite
population M / M / 1 : N / FIFO, Generalized model (Birth-Death process).

Textbook:
[1]. Kanti swarup et.al, Operations Research, 16th ed., New Delhi: S. Chand & Sons, 2013. (Unit-I, Unit-II, Unit-IV)
[2]. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice, 4th ed., Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2009 (Unit-III)
Reference Books:
[1]. Hamdy. A. Taha, Operations Research, 7th ed., New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Ltd, 2002.
[2]. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimization, 7th ed., New Delhi: Jain Brothers, 2012.
Course Research Papers: Research papers (Journal/Conference papers) relevant to the course content will be posted
by the course faculty in CourseWeb page
Course Patents: Patents relevant to the course content will be posted by the course faculty in CourseWeb page
Course Projects: Course project is an independent project carried out by the student during the course period, under
the supervision of course faculty. Course faculty will post few course projects titles in CourseWeb page.
Students are encouraged to come up and experiment with the ideas that interest them.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, the students will be able to…
CO1: model engineering real time problems and solve them using various LPP techniques
CO2: obtain the optimal solution of transportation, assignment problems and their real time applications
CO3: optimize the engineering problems using NLPP techniques
CO4: differentiate various queueing models and their practical relevance

Course Articulation Matrix: U18OE803A - OPEARTIONS RESEARCH

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
CO PSO 1 PSO 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
U18OE803A
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 - 1 - -

U18OE803A
CO2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 - 1 - -

U18OE803A 2 2
CO3 - - - - - - - 1 - 1 - -

U18OE803A 2 2
CO4 - - - - - - - 1 -- 1 - -

U18OE803A
2 2 - - - - - - - 1 1 - -
U18OE803B MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Class: B.Tech. - Semester Branch: CSE & IT


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:
L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 Marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 Marks

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…
LO1: basic concepts and challenges of management information systems
LO2: e-business and decision support systems techniques
LO3: development process and design of management information systems
LO4: different applications of management information systems

UNIT – I (9)
Management Information Systems: Systems: An Overview : Introduction, Need for
management information systems, Management information systems: A concept, MIS: A
definition, Management information system and Information technology, Nature and scope of
MIS, MIS characteristics, Structure of MIS, Types of MIS, Role of MIS in global business,
Challenges of managing information systems, IT Infrastructure and Emerging Technology

UNIT - II (9)
Business Applications of Information Systems:
E-Commerce, E-Business and E-Governance: Introduction, E-commerce, E-commerce sales life
cycle, E-commerce infrastructure, E-commerce applications, E-commerce payment systems,
Management challenges and opportunities, E-business, E-governance
Decision Support Systems: Introduction, Decision-Making: A concept, Simon’s model of
decision-making, Types of decisions, Methods for decision-making, Decision support techniques,
Decision-making and role of MIS, Decision support systems, Business intelligence, Knowledge
management systems

UNIT - III (9)


Development process of MIS : Development of long range plans of the MIS, Ascertaining the
class of information, Determining the information requirement, Development and
implementation of the MIS, Management of information quality in the MIS, Organisation for
development of MIS, MIS: Development process mode
Strategic Design of MIS : Strategic management of the business, Why strategic design of MIS,
Balance score card, Score card and Dash board, Strategic design of MIS, Development process
steps for strategic design (SD) of MIS, Illustrating SD of MIS for big bazaar, Strategic
management of business and SD of MIS, Business strategy determination, Business strategy
implementation

UNIT - IV (9)
Management of Global Enterprise : Enterprise management system, Enterprise resource
planning (ERP) System, ERP model and modules, Benefits of the ERP, ERP product evaluation,
ERP implementation, Supply chain management (SCM), Information management in SCM,
Customer relationship management (CRM), Management of global enterprise, EMS and MIS
Applications in Manufacturing Sector: Introduction, Personnel management (PM), Financial
management (FM), Production management (PM), Raw materials management (RMM),
Marketing management, Corporate overview.
Text Books:
[1] D.P.Goyal, Vikas, Management Information Systems–Managerial Perspective, 4th ed. Addison-
Wesley, 2014. (Unit 1)
[2] Waman S. Jawadekar, Management Information Systems Text and Cases: a Global Digital
Enterprise Perspective, 5th ed. McGraw Hill, 2014 (Unit 2,3,4)

Reference Books:
[1] Kenneth C. Laudon & Jane P. Laudon, Management Information Systems,12th ed. Prentice Hall,
2012.
[2] S. Sadagopan, Management Information Systems,2nd ed., PHI Learning, 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


On completion of this course, students’ will be able to…
CO1: explain the structure and importance of management information systems
CO2: analyze management information systems for decision making
CO3: explain the methodology to design and develop a management information system
CO4: describe different applications of management information systems in various manufacturing sectors

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE803B MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS


Course Outcomes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 U18OE803B.1 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 2 1 2

CO2 U18OE803B.2 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 2 1 2

CO3 U18OE803B.3 2 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 1 2
CO4 U18OE803B.4 2 2 3 3 1 - - - - 1 - 2 3 1 3
U18OE803B 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - 1.5 2.25 1 2.25
U18OE 803C ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
(Open Elective-IV)

Class: B. Tech. VIII Semester Branch: M E , C S E , I T , C E , E E E ,


ECE, EIE

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Examination 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives(LOs):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on
LO1: various characteristics of entrepreneur and his role in development of the nation
LO2: creativity and business plan
LO3: functions of various managements/managers in industry
LO4: legal issues in entrepreneurship and intellectual property rights

UNIT –I (9)
Entrepreneurship: Definition, role of entrepreneurship in economic development,
characteristics and types of an entrepreneur, Forms of business organizations; agencies
dealing with entrepreneurship and small scale Industries; Case studies of successful
entrepreneurs- identification of business opportunities in various branches of
engineering

UNIT-II ( 9)
Creativity and Business Idea: Sources of new ideas, methods of generating ideas and
creative problem solving, concepts of innovation and incubation.
Business Plan: definition, scope and value of business plan, market survey and
demand survey.
Feasibility studies: Technical feasibility, financial viability and social acceptability;
Preparation of preliminary and bankable project reports;

UNIT-III (9)
Project Planning: Product planning and development process, Sequential steps in
executing the project.
Plant layout: Principles, types and factors influencing layouts,
Material Management: Purchase procedures, Issues of Materials -LIFO,FIFO,HIFO and
Base stock;.
Fundamentals of Production Management: Production Planning and Control (PPC)-
Concepts and functions, Long & short run problems.
Marketing Management: Definition, functions and market segmentation.

UNIT-IV (9)
Financial Management: Introduction, Sources of finance-internal and external.
Human Resource Management: Introduction, importance, selection, recruitment,
training, placement, development;
Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship: Mechanisms for resolving conflicts; Industrial laws-
Indian Factories Act, Workmen Compensation Act; Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) –
patents, trademarks, and copyrights

Text Books:
1) Robert D.Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, “Entrepreneurship”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 9th Edition
2014 (Chapters 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,11 and13).

Reference Books
1. David H. Holt, “Entrepreneurship New venture creation” Prentice Hall of India.2004.
2. Handbook for “New Entrepreneurs”, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India,
Ahmadabad.
3. T.R. Banga, “Project Planning and Entrepreneurship Development”, CBS Publishers, New
Delhi,1984.
4. Personnel efficiency in Entrepreneurship Development-“A Practical Guide to Industrial
Entrepreneurs”, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):


Upon completion of this course, students will be able to…
CO1: describe characteristics of entrepreneur and his role in economic development
CO2: apply creative problem solving methods to real time situations
CO3: explain the functions of production and marketing managements
CO4: identify the legal issues in entrepreneurship and explain intellectual property rights

Course Articulation Matrix (Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs):

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE 803C ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
U18OE803C.1

U18OE803C.2

U18OE803C.3

U18OE803C.4

U18OE803C
U18OE803D FOREX & FOREIGN TRADE

Class: B.Tech VIII Semester

Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme :


L T P C Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks
3 - - 3 End Semester Exam 60 marks

Course Learning Objectives (LO):


This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on…..
LO1: business, business system, objectives and types of companies
L LO2: fundamentals of foreign trade and EXIM procedure
L LO3: foreign exchange rate and methods of payments
L LO4: foreign exchange control

UNIT–I (9)

Business: Nature and scope, Classification of business activities, Functions of commerce and
trade.
Business System: Characteristics and components of business system, objectives of business,
classification of business objectives; Types of Business.

UNIT-II(9)

Foreign Trade: Introduction of International Trade, Reasons for External Trade, Special
problems of Foreign Trade; EXIM-objectives, roles of EXIM in Foreign Trade, Stages in Import
procedure, Stages in export procedure-bill of lading, mate’s receipt, certificate of origin.
Corporations Assisting Foreign Trade: State Trading Corporation of India, Export Credit
and Guarantee Corporation, Minerals and Metals Trading Corporation of India.

UNIT–III (9)

Foreign Exchange Rate: Meaning and importance of Foreign exchange rate, Methods of foreign
payments; Exchange rates- Spot, Forward and Cross Rates; Demand and supply of foreign
exchange rate, Equilibrium rate of foreign exchange, Theories of determining foreign exchange
rate, International Parity condition - Balance of payments.
Foreign Exchange Markets: Functions of exchange markets, Components and Players in
Exchange Markets; FEMA-objectives and its role in Foreign Trade.

UNIT–IV (9)
Foreign Exchange Control: objectives, characteristics, advantages and disadvantages,
Methods: intervention, exchange restriction, multiple exchange rates, exchange clearing
agreements, method of operation, exchange clearing agreements in practice, payments
agreements, transfer moratoria; indirect methods.

Course Learning Outcomes (CO):


Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to…
C CO1: evaluate the objectives and types of industries and companies.
CO2: assess the procedure in imports and exports
C CO3: analyse the foreign exchange rate and methods of foreign payments
CO4: Adapt the methods of exchange control
Text Books:
1. C.B. Guptha, Business Organization & Management, 15th ed. New:SultanChand
& Sons,2015( Units 1,5)
2. M.L. Seth, Macro Economics, 22nd ed. New Delhi; Lakshmi Narayan Agarwal
Publishers, 2014.
3. M.C. Vaish, Ratan Prakashan Mandir, Monetary Theory, 16th ed. New Delhi:
Vikas Publications,2016

Reference Books:
1. Y.K.Bhushan, “Business Organization and Modern Management” Sultan
& Sons Publishers, New Delhi. 15/e, 2014.
2. S.A. Sherlekhar “Business Organization and Management”, Himalaya
Publishing House, 2000.
3. K.P.M. Sundaram, “Money Banking, Trade & Finance “, Sultan & Sons
Publishers, New Delhi.
4. P.N.Chopra, “Macro Economics”, Kalyani Pubnlishers, 1/e, Ludhiana

Course Articulation Matrix (CAM): U18OE803D FOREX AND FOREIGN TRADE


PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
CO PO2 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
U18OE803D 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 2
U18OE803D2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2
U18OE803D3 - - - - - - - - - 2 2
U18OE803D4 - - - - - - - -- - 2 2
U18OE803D - - - - - - - - - 2 2

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy